Loading...
SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIR AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL - 16-0023-PR-ASPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO. 16 -0023 -PR -A CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH Conformed Specifications September 2017 • City of Clearwater, Florida SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO. 16 -0023 -PR -A TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS • SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS • Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page Il Updated 2/11/2016 • w a SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Spectrum Field STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL Contract 16 -0023 -PR -A CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Documents and plans for Project #16 -0023 -PR -A are available at www.myclearwater.com/bid. The work includes: Structural concrete repairs and painting all exposed exterior steel. Recommended Pre -Bid Conference: Wednesday, August 2, 2017 @ 2pm Spectrum Field, Administration Office for Direction to Media Meeting Room, 601 Old Coachman Rd. North, Clearwater FL 33765 Pre -qualification DEADLINE: Thursday August 17, 2017 Category: Industrial Painting & Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work for $500,000 Bids DUE: Thursday August 31, 2017 at 2pm City of Clearwater, Project # 16 -0023 -PR -A Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 4/7/2017 • SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 • 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 • SECTION II i Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/bid. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the DVC Marketing Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non- refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.myclearwater.com/government/city-departments/engineering/construction- management. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders • 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. • 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES • 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and two), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. SECTION II Page 6 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • • SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. SECTION II Page 9 of 9 Updated 7/13/2017 • • • SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE 10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III I Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions • 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 • 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 • 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE 48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • 1. DEFINITIONS • • SECTION III — General Conditions Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions • constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES • If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. • 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III —General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, Tight, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of SO Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. • 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. • If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions • 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or Toss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. • • 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION 111 Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III —General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. • 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes • DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Laver Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of bene SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle height of .010 times the plot scale. a text height of .008 of 22.5°, and a text SECTION III Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions • 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony cr myClearwater.com. • 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) b) c) d) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III—General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. • 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING • CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. • SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III —General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III —General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION III Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION 111— General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents. the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (1 5) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bilis, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as • SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • SECTION III — General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. • 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and • SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION 111—Genera{ Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION 111 Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael.Pryor cr,myClearwater.com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 s • • • • SECTION III —General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION III Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT CON TRACTOR: COMPLETION DATE - FUNDING: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: -2' minimum h 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • • • SECTION III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III —General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 • • • • Table of Content: SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 1 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 1 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 2 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105-4. EQUIPMENT 3 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 • 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105-8. LIGHTING 4 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 4 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105-I1. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 5 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 7 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 8 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 9 • SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 109-6. POSTING 10 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203-1. GENERAL 12 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207-1. GENERAL 14 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207-8. MAINTENANCE 15 207-9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208-6. RIP -RAP 17 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302-1. EXCAVATION 18 302-2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403-1. MATERIALS 24 403-2. INSTALLATION 24 • 403-3. TESTING 25 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404-1. INTENT 26 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404-3. MATERIALS 26 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404-9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405-2. PAYMENT 30 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405-6. GROUTING MIX 32 405-7. LINER MIX 32 405-8. WATER 33 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405-10. EQUIPMENT 33 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 • SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502-1. GENERAL 41 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502-3. GATE VALVES 43 502-4. VALVE BOXES 44 502-5. HYDRANTS 44 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 47 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 47 503-2. PIPE LAYING 47 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 50 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 50 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 51 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 51 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506-1. GENERAL 51 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 52 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 54 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 54 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 602. UNDERDRAINS 54 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 54 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 55 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 55 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 56 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 56 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 57 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 57 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 57 605-1. MATERIAL 57 605-2. PERFORMANCE 58 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 60 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 60 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 60 702-1. BASE 60 702-2. SUBGRADE 62 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 63 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 63 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 63 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 64 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 64 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 64 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 64 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 65 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 65 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 66 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 67 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 706. CONCRETE CURBS 67 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 68 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 68 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 68 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 68 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 68 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 68 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 69 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 69 SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 69 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 69 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 70 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 70 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 70 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 70 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 70 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 70 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 71 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 71 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 72 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 72 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 72 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 73 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 73 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 74 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 74 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 74 902-1. IRRIGATION 74 902-2. LANDSCAPE 84 903. SODDING 99 904. SEEDING 99 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 99 905-1. SCOPE 99 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 100 905-3. WORK METHODS 100 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 102 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 103 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 103 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 103 910. TREE PROTECTION 103 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 103 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 104 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 105 SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Project Number: 16-0023- PR -A Scope of Work: Structural concrete repairs and painting of all exposed exterior steel. The intent of this bid is to obtain competitive prices to establish an annual [maintenance] contract for on-call [as -needed] services. All quantities are estimates only and the City is not obligated to purchase any minimum or maximum amount during the life of the contract. All of the work is to be administered per Section IIT, Article 11.3, Unit Price Work, of the Contract Documents. The City reserves the right to increase funds during the contract term if work exceeds original estimates, subject to required authorizations. Beyond the initial one-year term, the City reserves the right to renew the contract for up to two (2) years.] The Contractor shall provide [Fixed] project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. [List ODP Items to be included in the Contract Document.] Contract Period: 120 Consecutive Calendar Days 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. SECTION IV Page 1 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article l - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. SECTION IV Page 2 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions. 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. 105-4. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. SECTION IV Page 3 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. SECTION IV Page 4 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS • The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. • 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident SECTION IV Page 5 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. SECTION IV Page 6 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS . 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. • 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. SECTION IV Page 7 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE SECTION IV Page 8 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (nominal, kV, alternating current) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ http://www.section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, SECTION IV Page 9 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling Large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed. Example of SECTION IV Page 14 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications training and training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre - Construction Meeting. 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207-8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208-6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty- eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete SECTION IV Page 18 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 304. BACKFILL 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro - hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12") above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 21 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401-3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403-1. MATERIALS 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403-2. INSTALLATION 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without SECTION IV Page 24 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications standing water. Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class 1 material (one half inch (1/2") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403-3. TESTING 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, SECTION IV Page 26 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to SECTION IV Page 27 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. SECTION IV Page 28 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully SECTION IV Page 29 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405-3.1. MATERIALS 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405-3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. SECTION IV Page 30 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type 11 per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially SECTION IV Page 31 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +1- 5 pcf 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi SECTION IV Page 32 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one-half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide cond itions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod Lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405-8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405-10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete SECTION IV Page 33 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405-11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the 'walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The SECTION IV Page 34 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405-11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405-12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") SECTION IV Page 35 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the SECTION IV Page 36 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10"-1° cm/sec to 7.6x10^-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: SECTION IV Page 37 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume I :1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from SECTION IV Page 38 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than two inches (2")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. SECTION IV Page 39 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 502. MATERIALS 502-1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. A11 polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSI/AWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with SECTION IV Page 42 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications requirements of ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502-2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non -shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. SECTION IV Page 43 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AW WA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. SECTION IV Page 44 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. SECTION IV Page 45 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AW WA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1. Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. SECTION IV Page 46 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • 503. CONSTRUCTION • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503-2. PIPE LAYING 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe SECTION IV Page 47 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. SECTION IV Page 48 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 1111 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. • 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 49 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE A11 piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SECTION IV Page 50 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AW WA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506-1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or Lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SECTION IV Page 51 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. SECTION IV Page 52 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 506-5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 53 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 54 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. • 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION • The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 55 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re- inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 56 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 1/2 inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. SECTION IV Page 57 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 98.5. 605-2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical SECTION IV Page 58 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 59 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 60 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. • SECTION IV Page 62 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703-1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of '/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch (1/4") or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 63 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type B/Spec 234-8 ATPB/287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703-6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 64 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. SECTION IV Page 65 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch (1/4") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. SECTION IV Page 66 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. • 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT • Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 67 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 68 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City SECTION IV Page 69 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend SECTION IV Page 70 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 71 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. AH traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 72 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 73 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902-1. IRRIGATION 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. SECTION IV Page 74 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. SECTION IV Page 75 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS • A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve SECTION IV Page 76 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T Shear Stern 5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. 902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (2'/2") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 200 lb. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stern 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. SECTION IV Page 77 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (ID.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE SECTION IV Page 78 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an Air/Vacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high - impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. SECTION IV Page 79 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.3. EXECUTION 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. SECTION IV Page 80 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch ('/2"). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. SECTION IV Page 81 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. SECTION IV Page 82 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty-four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. L The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 83 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. if conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety SECTION IV Page 84 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications and Health Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C.T.: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 85 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST.TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. O.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H. Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B.• Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 86 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 87 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 88 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and I1, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than SECTION IV Page 89 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications twenty-four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for alt plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one-fourth (1/4) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. SECTION IV Page 90 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES SECTION IV Page 91 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 902-2.3. EXECUTION 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (1'/z") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. SECTION IV Page 92 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 1111 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) • A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. SECTION IV Page 93 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each'/2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. SECTION IV Page 94 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. I. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by SECTION IV Page 95 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. A11 curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run- off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION SECTION IV Page 96 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. SECTION IV Page 97 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. SECTION IV Page 98 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy-two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905-1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces SECTION IV Page 99 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. SECTION IV Page 100 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. SECTION IV Page 101 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. SECTION IV Page 102 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. lf, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910-1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species SECTION IV Page 103 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. SECTION IV Page 104 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (I") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18"). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. SECTION IV Page 105 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 106 of 106 Updated 2/11/2016 • • • • SECTION IV A SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECTRUM FIELD PROJECT NO. 16 -0023 -PR -A STRUCTURAL REPAIRS AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL McCARTHY PROJECT NO. M15304 FOR THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT CLEARWATER, FLORIDA BY McCARTHY AND ASSOCIATES DIVISION OF PENNON! 2555 NURSERY ROAD, SUITE 101 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33764-3080 JULY 11, 2017 McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 SECTION IV SPECTRUM FIELD PROJECT NO. 16 -0023 -PR -A STRUCTURAL REPAIRS AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL McCARTHY PROJECT NO. M15304 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS SUBSECTION DESCRIPTION PAGES 0000 SCOPE OF WORK 1- 4 0001 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1- 6 0002 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 0003 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (SEE SECTION V) 1 0004 SPECIFICATIONS 1-16 0005 EXHIBITS 1 Supplementary Report 1- 4 2 Tnemec Specifications 1-14 Tnemec Product Data Sheet: H1 Build Epoxing Series 66 2 Pages Uni-Bond-Mastic Series 66 2 Pages Enduratong Series 1029 2 Pages Chembond Series 1 2 Pages Fluoronar Series 1 2 Pages Warranty Program Advange Draft 4 Pages Adhesion 5 year Warranty Sample 3 Pages 3 Spectrum Field Steel Repainting 2 Pages Daily Report 4 Unit Price Summary 1 Page 5 Project Closeout 1 Page 0006 PLAN LIST McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 2 • • • Scope of Work Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel SECTION IV (SUBSECTION 0000) SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL REPAIRS AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL McCARTHY PROJECT NO. M15304 SCOPE OF WORK I. DESCRIPTION The work shall consist of various types of repairs as follows, concrete repairs as identified herein, repointing of masonry walls where noted, repainting of all exposed steel items (see specifications), and repainting of all exterior hollow metal doors/frames (inside/outside) see alternates. II. WORK PROCEDURE The work shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, and the referenced plans and specifications, as amended during the project. Note: The contractor shall coordinate and schedule the work as required to maintain the daily operation of the building with other contractors working at the site. Unless otherwise approved, the work schedule will be Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. Additional working hours may be requested and coordinated with the owner for nights and weekends. Attached is the event schedule of Spectrum Field, however, it is subject to change for additional events. All work to be completed between October 2017, and January 2018, prior to the Philadelphia Phillies spring training, 2018. III. SCOPE OF REPAIRS 1. Contractor shall provide all barricades, shoring, etc., as necessary to protect the structure and safety of the residents, visitors, and workers at all times. 2. Contractor staging to be determined at the pre -construction meeting. 3. Demolition: a. Removal of concrete spall materials. b. Dust control. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 Scope of Work Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel c. Contractor to remove fence and bollard at the bottom of the ramp at the right field corner, as required for a lift to be able to access the second level, and subsequently reinstall to the owner's satisfaction. 4. Concrete repairs are as noted on the drawings and as specified herein. Note: The extent of damage is unknown, and will therefore be subject to the contractor's survey under Item #7d. below. 5. Concrete repairs shall be as directed by the engineer, per the enclosed specifications, and the applicable unit prices. 6. Painting of the exposed steel members and steel deck, as follows: a. Scope of painting includes all three (3) levels and exterior approach entrances to Spectrum Field from parking lot and service areas. b. Plus alternates for painting all exterior hollow metal doors and frames inside and out. 7. Protection of all horizontal and vertical surfaces adjacent to the work that are not subject to repair. 8. Pre -construction meeting prior to award of contract (September 2017, exact date to be determined). At this meeting the contractor will provide the following: a. Schedule of Values to be utilized for progress payments. b. Detailed progress schedule. c. Material submittals. d. Discussion of project closeout procedures. e. Owner to provide updated events schedule. f. Owner to provide electric and water. g. Contractor to provide employee sanitation (shall not use public restrooms). h. Paint cleaning procedures. Contractor must provide his own paint cleaning containment on-site. No paint cleaning can be flushed down sanitary, or storm sewer systems or landscape areas. No dumping on-site property. Violations will be subject to fines by the City or Pinellas County EPA. The schedule is to be discussed at project progress McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 2 • Scope of Work Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel meetings as follows: 1. Work completed the past two (2) weeks. 2. Work scheduled next two (2) weeks. 3. Issues of concern. (Questions and answers.) 4. Updated schedule. 5. Draft pay request and submission of invoice. 9. Quality Assurance: a. The contractor's field superintendent is to review the project documents in total, and subsequently meet with the engineer prior to starting the work to address any questions relevant to the project requirements. b. Contractor is to prepare mockups of all specified repair procedures for the engineer's review prior to proceeding with the work. c. Contractor will also provide a pachometer, multi -meter, and an adequate supply of phenophtalein for the superintendent's use during the project. d. Note: Contractor is to inspect and sound, all suspected damaged concrete prior to starting repairs. Subsequently, the contractor will provide a written report to the engineer on the extent of the concrete repairs required, to include estimated quantities and cost projections based on the contract Schedule of Values. e. Owner will provide a Clerk -of -the -Works for coordination of daily activities within the facility, and confirmation of unit price quantities, along with other duties as required by the owner. f. The contractor's superintendent will be required to maintain a daily log on-site identifying the number of workers, work activity, change in weather conditions, etc. g. The paint manufacturer shall provide technical assistance, to include regular visits to the site, with written reports after each visit. h. The contractor shall provide wheel load information regarding the lift capacities that they want to put on the concourse deck. McCarthy to evaluate and advise. (McCarthy has reviewed the following equipment from Oshkosh Corporation and found them acceptable: JLG X600AJ Compact Crawler Boom, JLG 1930ES Electric Scissors Lift, and JLG 20232ES Electric Scissors Lift.) i. Contractor will provide deck protection at the concourse level wherever a lift is going to be used. (Duradeck Mats by Duradeck Mat, or equal.) j. If contractor is required to remove the fence at the bottom of the ramp for lift access, he shall subsequently re -install the fence to the owner's satisfaction. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 3 Scope of Work Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 10. Other items as specified herein (or shown on the drawings). 11. Other repairs may be required as part of this project that are not yet known. This will be as directed by the owner (or) engineer. The additional cost on this work shall be in accordance with the contract. 12. Items excluded in base bid: a. Any electrical work. b. Asbestos survey (by owner). Please refer to separate attachment. c. Work items specifically identified as "by owner". IV. ALTERNATES: (As identified herein) END OF SECTION • • McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 4 • Additional Instruction to Bidders Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel SECTION IV (SUBSECTION 0001) ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ALSO SEE OWNER'S SECTION II) 1. DOCUMENTS Plans and specifications are as noted herein. 2. TYPE OF PROPOSALS REQUESTED Proposals shall be submitted on bidder letterhead, in the format identified herein. 3. TIME AND PLACE For proposal refer to Section I and Contract Section IV. 4. CONTRACTS The successful contractor will be expected to execute a contract for the scope of work identified herein using an AIA A107 (2007) Abbreviated Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, or as noted in the invitation for bid. 5. STATE AND LOCAL LAWS Bidders shall comply with all federal laws and acts, those of the State of Florida, and all local and county ordinances. 6. INTERPRETATION OF DOCUMENTS The owner or owner's agent will not be responsible for any oral interpretation of the meaning of the plans, specifications, or other pre-bid documents to any bidder or supplier. 7. CHANGES AND SUBSTITUTIONS Items herein specified under manufacturer's names and catalog numbers are intended as a basis of quality and not as a closed specification unless otherwise noted. 8. MODIFICATIONS - WITHDRAWAL OF BID Proposals may only be modified up to the time of bid after which bidder's proposal shall stand for ninety (90) days. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 Additional Instruction to Bidders Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 9. SALES AND USE TAX Each bidder shall include in his proposal all sales and use taxes on the work covered by his contract. 10. SUBMITTALS - TO BE PROVIDED AT THE PRE -CONSTRUCTION MEETING The Contractor shall prepare and submit in a timely manner, all shop drawings (or other submittals) as may be necessary to describe completely the details of construction of the work. Approval of such submittals by the Engineer shall not relieve the contractor of its obligation to perform work in strict accordance with plans, specifications, and other contract documents, nor of its responsibility for the proper matching and fitting of the work. (Log to be maintained by the contractor and included with each submittal.) 11. OWNER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS Contractor agrees to furnish any waiver, warranties, guarantees, affidavits, or other documents required by the Owner within ten (10) days of notification. If such documents are not furnished within such period, the owner may withhold payments currently owed until such time as the documents are received. Contractor to provide three (3) hard copies plus three (3) electronic copies of all closeout documents. 12. LAYOUT The contractor is responsible for its own field engineering, and/or layout. 13. PROTECTION OF WORK The contractor shall provide and maintain at all times sufficient protection of all work material, and equipment from damage or loss of theft, vandalism, and mischief and shall protect the Owner's and adjoining properties from any and all injury arising in connection with the performance of said work. Contractor shall make good any damage or injury occurring without any expense whatsoever to the Owner. 14. GUARANTEE A written two (2) year guarantee, plus a (fifteen (15) years for all exposed areas, with five (5) years on areas not subject to sunlight from the paint manufacturer) from final acceptance (unless otherwise stated in the specifications) is required upon completion of the project. Receipt of this guarantee is required prior to final payment. 15. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS A final set of as -built drawings — 24" x 36" drawings — 11" x 17" drawings 3 -ring binder folded are required upon completion of the project, to include three (3) hard copies in three ring binders, plus three (3) electronic files turned over to the owner at project closeout. Receipt of these materials is required prior to processing the contractor's final payment. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 2 • • • Additional Instruction to Bidders Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 16. PERMITS The contractor shall obtain all necessary building related permits required for the project, and include the cost for permits in the base bid. No fee will be required for permit from the City of Clea rwater. 17. INSURANCE - See General Requirements from the City of Clearwater Note: The contractor's general liability insurance policies shall include the owner and engineer as additional insured, and so noted on the insurance certificate. 18. BONDS The Owner requires a 100% performance and payment bond. Contractor shall record the surety bond at the Pinellas County Courthouse, with the original being submitted to the owner prior to signed contract with Owner. Final payment is subject to receipt of "consent" of surety, upon completion of the work. An affidavit from the surety bond company will be required before processing final payment. 19. PRE-BID MEETING: The contractor(s) shall visit the site, confirm the existing conditions, and attend the Pre -Bid meeting prior to submitting their proposals. The pre-bid meeting to be per Section 1. 20. NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT The contractor shall post a "Notice of Commencement" as provided by F.S. 713.13. 21. PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE The successful contractor shall meet with the owner and engineer prior to starting the work to review the scope, submittal requirements, staging areas, sequence of work, unit price quantity worksheets, project schedule, resident access and job conditions, etc. Refer to Subsection 0000, Scope of Work paragraph 111.8. 22. PROJECT CONSTRUCTION MEETING During construction the engineer (or) owner's representative may conduct regular project "progress" meetings (every two weeks, day and time to be determined at the pre -construction meeting) which will require the attendance of the contractor's project manager and superintendent. These meetings will be held as required by the engineer (or) owner's representative. The engineer (or) owner's representative will issue meeting minutes after each meeting with regards to project status and outstanding issues. Refer to Subsection 0000, Scope of Work, paragraph 111.8. 23. PROJECT SCHEDULE The contractor shall provide a project work schedule in sufficient detail prior to the Pre -Construction meeting. Appropriate updates of the schedule are required at each progress meeting. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 3 Additional Instruction to Bidders Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 24. ALLOWANCES The contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: ■ Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; • Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances (U.O.N.); • L&M allowances shall include all labor, material, equipment, taxes, etc., plus the contractors OH&P per the Schedule of Values. • Whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Directive. The amount of the Change Directive shall reflect the difference between actual costs and the allowances. Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the work. 25. CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES Contractor's temporary offices, staging areas, and parking locations shall be in areas designated by the owner. The owner shall provide parking in the south parking lot for the contractor. • The contractor shall provide telephone access to the project superintendent on-site for the length of the project. ■ Owner to provide sources for electricity and water. Contractor to provide all service from those points. • Contractor shall provide employee sanitation (shall not use owner's restrooms). • Contractor to provide all paint cleanup containment. 26. SUPERVISION The contractor shall provide a superintendent experienced in building repair work and window installation for the duration of the project. 27. PROGRESS PAYMENTS The contractor shall submit progress payment applications at the end of each month based on AIA G702/G703, with a cost breakdown acceptable to the owner. Subject to review of the application by the owner's representative, payment shall be made (less 10% retainage) within thirty (30) days. Final payment, to include monthly retainage hold backs, is payable in accordance with the terms of the contract. Note: Contractor to prepare and submit with each invoice all necessary worksheets signed by the owner's agent that supports payment for unit price quantities at progress meetings. (Advance deposits will not be approved unless specifically authorized by the owner in advance.) McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 4 • • • Additional Instruction to Bidders Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 28. PROCEDURES FOR PAYMENT APPLICATIONS - Provided at progress meetings • Prepare Payment Application for each billing period identified in the contract on A1A forms (G702 and G703), or on forms approved by the engineer. • • • Payment Application breakdown shall be in accordance with the CONTRACT Schedule of Values approved by the engineer. Contractor shall submit a "draft" copy of the Payment Application for the engineer's review and comments. Contractor shall revise and resubmit the Payment Application in sufficient copies necessary for the project requirements. Each Payment Application shall include: a. Contractor's signature with notary seal. b. Date of Application. c. Time period of Application. d. Number each sheet. e. The contract start date. f. The contract "name" of the project. g. List only change directive that have been approved. h. Contractor's partial Waiver of Lien for the subject Payment Application. All vendor partial Waivers of Lien from the previous payment application, with cover sheet listing the identity of each vendor. j• A copy of the unit price quantity summary for the subject pay period identifying the total quantities for each of the unit price line items, with the project superintendent and owner representative's signature. (See Exhibit 3.) k. Surety affidavit for final payment is required. A 5% retainage may be requested upon Building Permit closeout, Certification of Completion from the City of Clearwater Building Department, and preliminary walk through with owner has been conducted. m. The remaining 5% retainage and all money due to the contractor shall be paid upon completion of the following: • Final walk through with engineer and owner. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 5 Additional Instruction to Bidders Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Submittal of closeout documents to include "As -Built" drawings has been turned over the owner, to include three (3) hard copies in three ring binders, plus three (3) electronic copies. 29. CHANGES IN THE WORK When the owner authorizes changes in the work, the contractor shall prepare a cost breakdown acceptable to the engineer (and/or) owner based on the terms of the contract. Upon approval of the cost, the contractor shall prepare a change order to the contract using AIA Form G701. 30. PROJECT CLOSEOUT Upon completion of the project, the contractor will provide the owner with all documentation required by the contract, plans, and specifications. (Refer to Exhibit 4 for checklist.) Contract Period 120 Consecutive Calendar Days. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 6 • • General Conditions Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel (SECTION IV) (SUBSECTION 0002) GENERAL CONDITIONS The AIA A107 General Conditions (2007) shall be applicable, except as amended by Instructions to Bidders (Section 0001). See also owner's general conditions in Sections II and III. END OF SECTION McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 • • Schedule of Values Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel SECTION IV SUBSECTION 0003 SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL REPAIRS AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL McCARTHY JOB #M15304 (SCHEDULE OF VALUES) SEE SECTION V OF THE CONTRACT END OF SECTION McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel SECTION IV (SUBSECTION 0004) PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS I. DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. SCOPE 1) THE WORK REQUIRED HEREIN CONSISTS OF ALL COMPONENTS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK AS LOCATED AND DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFIED HEREIN. 2) EXISTING BUILDING: ALL INFORMATION ON THE EXISTING BUILDING SHOWN ON THESE PLANS IS OBTAINED FROM THE BEST AVAILABLE SOURCES, BUT EXISTING INFORMATION DOES NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT AS -BUILT CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL INFORMATION SHOWN ON THESE PLANS AND NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ANY VARIATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS BEFORE FABRICATING MATERIALS, AND INSTALLATION THEREOF. B. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1) ALL COSTS RELATING TO TEMPORARY STORAGE AND PROTECTION SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION CAUSED TO SURROUNDING SURFACES. 2) UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE HIS TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND SHEDS AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND RUBBISH AND PLACE THE AREA IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION. 3) TEMPORARY TOILET FACILITIES WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR, AND SHALL NOT USE THE OWNER'S FACILITIES. 4) THE OWNER SHALL FURNISH TEMPORARY WATER AND ELECTRICAL SUPPLY POINTS ON THE SITE, WHERE AVAILABLE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE MEANS TO DELIVER THE WATER/ELECTRICAL TO HIS CONSTRUCTION AREA. 5) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE NECESSARY CLEANING AND REPAIRING OF ADJACENT AREAS RESULTING FROM SAID CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS. 6) ALL WORK RELATING TO THE DISRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE OWNER. 7) ALL PROTECTION AND SAFETY DEVICES TO INCLUDE TEMPORARY SAFETY RAILS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS IT RELATES TO THE SAFE CONDUCT OF HIS WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS. 8) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF MATERIALS. 9) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING ALL BLOCKING NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIS WORK. 10) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL: • CLEAN UP ALL WASTE MATERIALS, RUBBISH, AND DEBRIS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AT SUCH FREQUENCIES AND LOCATIONS AS McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel REQUIRED. REPAIR, PATCH, AND TOUCH-UP MARRED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISHES DAMAGED BY HIS OWN OPERATIONS. REMOVE FROM THE SITE ALL WASTE MATERIALS, RUBBISH, AND DEBRIS ON A DAILY BASIS. • OWNER TO PROVIDE ROLL OFF DISPOSAL CONTAINERS. 11) CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL SHALL CONFINE THEIR ACTIVITIES TO THE DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND THE ACCESS THERETO. 12) ELEVATOR USE: DO NOT USE ELEVATORS UNLESS AUTHORIZED BY THE OWNERS IN WRITING. 13) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PAINT CLEANUP CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS. 14) COORDINATE WORK ACTIVITIES WITH EVENTS SCHEDULE, AND SHALL NOT DISRUPT SPECTRUM FIELD ACTIVITIES AT ANY TIME. SPECTRUM FIELD SHALL BE OPEN DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS ACTIVITY WITH MINIMAL OR NO DISRUPTION OF SPECTRUM FIELD ACTIVITIES. SEE CURRENT ACTIVITY SCHEDULE WHICH IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE. C. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1) THE AIA A107 GENERAL CONDITIONS (2007) SHALL BE APPLICABLE, EXCEPT AS AMENDED HEREIN. 2) PROVIDE WARRANTIES AS DEFINED IN THE CONTRACT. D. MISCELLANEOUS CRITERIA 1) REFER TO ICRI GUIDELINE #120.1(2009) REGARDING GUIDELINES AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SAFETY IN THE CONCRETE REPAIR INDUSTRY. 2) CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF THE PROJECT UNTIL THE WORK IS COMPLETED. THIS INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE ADDITION OF WHATEVER TEMPORARY BRACING, SHORING, GUYS, OR TIE -DOWNS THAT MAY BE NECESSARY. SUCH MATERIAL SHALL BE REMOVED AND SHALL REMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AFTER COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. NOTE: TEMPORARY SHORING SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A STRUCTURAL ENGINEER REGISTERED IN FLORIDA, EMPLOYED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 3) APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES: 2014 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, WITH CURRENT AMENDMENTS. 4) COORDINATE ALL DIMENSIONS AND ELEVATIONS WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 5) CONTACT ENGINEER WITH ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCREPANCIES FOUND ON DRAWINGS. 6) SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND/OR PRODUCT DATA FOR REVIEW BY THE ENGINEER ON ALL COMPONENTS AND PRODUCTS SPECIFIED FOR THE PROJECT. CONTRACTOR IS TO SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY WHERE SUBMITTED REPAIR PRODUCTS ARE TO BE USED. ALLOW ONE WEEK REVIEW TIME AFTER RECEIPT OF SUBMITTALS BY THE ENGINEER. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE CHECKED AND SIGNED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 7) RESTORE ALL DISTURBED AREAS TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 8) A FINAL SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS IS REQUIRED UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 2 • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel E. DESIGN CRITERIA 1) LIVE LOADS a. ELEVATED CONCOURSE LEVEL - 100 PSF (ORIGINAL DESIGN) 2) WIND LOADS a. 145 MPH, RISK CATEGORY II, EXPOSURE "C") II. DEMOLITION AND REMOVAL A. REMOVE ALL ITEMS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS, OR AS REQUIRED, TO MAKE THE SPECIFIED REPAIRS. B. ALL DEMOLISHED MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DEPOSITED AT A REGULATED DUMP SITE. OWNER TO PROVIDE CITY SOLID WASTE ROLL OFF CONTAINERS. NO EPA REGULATED MATERIALS SHALL BE PLACED IN ROLL OFF CONTAINERS. PLEASE NOTE: PHONE NUMBER IS ON THE SIDE OF THE CONTAINER FOR PULLS AND BROUGHT BACKS. CONTAINERS HAVE CONTRACT NUMBERS THAT SHALL BE USED FOR PULLS. C. PROVIDE ALL SHORING NECESSARY TO PROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING THE DEMOLITION PROCESS, AND UNTIL THE WORK IS COMPLETED. D. MAINTAIN THE BUILDING IN A WATERTIGHT CONDITION WHEN SUBJECT TO INCLEMENT WEATHER. E. DUST CONTROL: 1) CONTRACTOR TO TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO LIMIT DUST DURING THE COURSE OF THE PROJECT. (CLEAN UP AS NECESSARY.) 2) CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT ELEVATORS FROM EXCESSIVE DUST AT ALL TIMES. III.A. CONCRETE REPAIRS A. DESCRIPTION 1) WORK INCLUDED: PROVIDE CONCRETE REPAIRS INCLUDING FORMWORK AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. 2) DAMAGED REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE CLEANED AND COATED AS SPECIFIED BELOW, OR REPLACED (WITH SAME SIZE BAR AND SPLICES) AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1) USE ADEQUATE NUMBERS OF SKILLED WORKMEN WHO ARE THOROUGHLY TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. 2) COMPLY WITH "SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FOR BUILDINGS," ACI 301, AND "CONCRETE REPAIR GUIDE" , ACI 546R, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREIN. 3) INSTALL ALL PRODUCTS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 4) SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA SHEETS ON ALL CONCRETE REPAIR PRODUCTS TO BE USED, TO INCLUDE APPLICATION LOCATIONS AND MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATE OF McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 3 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel APPLICATION. (PROVIDE FOUR SETS IN A THREE-RING BINDER.) 5) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK-UP OF THE TYPICAL REPAIR FOR ENGINEER REVIEW BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. C. SOUNDING AND SAW CUTTING 1) SOUND CONCRETE SURFACES TO VERIFY THE EXTENT OF THE AREA TO BE REPAIRED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROCEDURES SPECIFIED HEREIN. CONTRACTOR TO HAVE AVAILABLE (ON-SITE) A PACHOMETER TO LOCATE REINFORCING STEEL IN THE CONCRETE. 2) SAW CUT AROUND THE AREA OF DETERIORATION TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 3/4 INCH. DO NOT CUT EMBEDDED REINFORCING UNLESS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 3) WHERE POSSIBLE, THE CONCRETE AREAS REMOVED SHALL BE RECTANGULAR IN SHAPE. D. CONCRETE REMOVAL 1) REMOVE ALL DELAMINATED, UNSOUND, OR OTHERWISE UNSUITABLE CONCRETE. 2) IF THE DETERIORATION OCCURS OVER REINFORCING BARS, REMOVE ALL OF THE CONCRETE AROUND EACH BAR TO ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 3/4 INCH ALL AROUND THE BAR WITH THE EXCEPTION OF VERTICAL COLUMN BARS. DO NOT REMOVE CONCRETE BEHIND VERTICAL COLUMN BARS (TOWARD THE CENTER OF THE COLUMN) UNLESS DIRECTED TO DO SO BY THE ENGINEER. DO NOT CUT ANY REINFORCING BARS WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. SEE ICRI GUIDELINE #310.1R (2008). 3) AVOID FRACTURING OF THE AGGREGATE AT THE SURFACE OF THE EXCAVATION. SOME "SOUND" CONCRETE MAY HAVE TO BE REMOVED TO ADEQUATELY EXPOSE AND CLEAN THE REINFORCING FOR ITS FULL LENGTH. 4) MAXIMUM CARE IS TO BE TAKEN TO NOT DAMAGE ADJACENT CONCRETE THAT IS TO REMAIN. 5) AVOID DAMAGING THE BOND OF THE BARS THAT EXTEND INTO THE ADJACENT EXISTING CONCRETE BY MINIMIZING VIBRATION OF THOSE BARS DURING THE CONCRETE REMOVAL PROCESS. 6) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PLYWOOD COVERS OVER EXCAVATED AREAS AT ALL WALK AREAS UNTIL REPAIRS ARE COMPLETE. COVERS ARE TO BE SECURED TO THE DECK SURFACE, AND APPROPRIATELY MARKED PER SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. E. FORMS 1) DESIGN, ERECT, SUPPORT, BRACE, AND MAINTAIN FORMWORK SO IT WILL SAFELY SUPPORT VERTICAL AND LATERAL LOADS WHICH MIGHT BE APPLIED UNTIL SUCH LOADS CAN BE SUPPORTED SAFELY BY THE REPAIRED CONCRETE STRUCTURE. 2) CONSTRUCT FORMS TO THE EXACT SIZES SHAPES, LINES, AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN, AND AS REQUIRED TO OBTAIN ACCURATE ALIGNMENT, LOCATION, GRADES, AND LEVEL AND PLUMB WORK IN THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. F. REINFORCING STEEL (WHERE REPLACEMENT REQUIRED) 1) PROVIDE REPLACEMENT REINFORCING STEEL AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER WITH ASTM A615, GRADE 60 REINFORCING BARS. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 4 • • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 2) PROVIDE MECHANICAL REBAR SPLICES BY BAR SPLICE PRODUCTS, INC. (OR EQUAL) AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER; (OR WELD WITH FULL BUTT OR VEE WELD PER AWS D1.4 (PREHEAT) WITH E60XX OR E70XX LOW HYDROGEN ELECTRODES. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WELDER CERTIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 3) GENERAL GUIDELINES: REPLACE OR SUPPLEMENT ANY EXISTING REINFORCING BARS WITH A LOSS OF AREA IN EXCESS OF 15% WITH NEW REINFORCING BARS. LAP IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI REQUIREMENTS, BUT NLT 30", UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. INCREASE LAPS AS REQUIRED FOR EPDXY COATED BARS. BARS WITH AN ABSENCE OF DEFORMATIONS ARE CONSIDERED DEFICIENT. ANY REINFORCING THAT IN THE ENGINEER'S JUDGEMENT IS INADEQUATE DUE TO DETERIORATION, DAMAGED DURING THE REPAIR PROCESS, OR IS INADEQUATE FOR ANY OTHER REASON SHALL BE REPLACED. INSTALL ALL OTHER REINFORCING AS SHOWN ON THE DETAILS. 4) RE -TIE ALL EXPOSED BARS TO EXPOSED CROSSING BARS. (100%) 5) RE -TIE ALL EXPOSED BARS TO IMBEDDED CROSSING BARS - (30%) - UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. G. SURFACE PREPARATION 1) PREPARE CONCRETE AND REINFORCING STEEL SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, AND ICRI GUIDELINE NO. 310.1R (2008). 2) WIRE BRUSH OR MECHANICALLY CHIP SUBJECT AREAS OF ALL LOOSE MATERIALS. 3) CLEAN AREA OF ALL DUST, LATENCE, OR OTHER SURFACE CONTAMINANTS. 4) ALL EXPOSED STEEL REINFORCEMENT (IF ANY) MUST BE CLEANED (BY WIRE WHEEL) AND EXPOSED 100% OF ITS CIRCUMFERENCE (U.O.N.). ONCE CLEANED, AND PRIOR TO THE REPAIR APPLICATION, THE EXPOSED METAL SHOULD BE COATED WITH BONDING AND ANTI -CORROSION AGENT WHERE BARS HAVE LESS THAN ONE AND ONE-HALF (1-1/2) INCHES OF COVER, AND ARE NOT PROTECTED BY A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE. (DO NOT COAT BARS WHERE A CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM IS INSTALLED.) 5) DAMPEN CONCRETE SURFACE TO BE REPAIRED WITH CLEAN WATER (SSD), BUT MAKE SURE THERE IS NO STANDING WATER. 6) ALL CONCRETE SURFACES SHOULD BE PRIMED WITH A SLURRY (FROM SELECTED REPAIR MATERIAL), AND SCRUBBED INTO THE SUBSTRATE. (REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.) 7) DO NOT FEATHER EDGE REPAIR MATERIALS. SAW CUT AND CHIP BACK REPAIR AREA, TO INSURE A MINIMUM 1/2" MATERIAL THICKNESS AT EDGE OF REPAIR AREA. H. MATERIAL SELECTION 1) SELECT THE APPROPRIATE PATCH MATERIAL AND METHOD BASED ON THE CRITERIA ESTABLISHED IN THE DETAILS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS. 2) PROVIDE 1/4" TO 1/2" AGGREGATE IN REPAIR AREAS WHEN THE DEPTH OF THE REPAIR EXCEEDS 1". TYPE, SIZE, AND QUANTITY OF THE AGGREGATE SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 3) FORMED AND POURED PATCHES ARE PREFERRED BUT IN SOME INSTANCES TROWELED PATCHES MAY BE ADVISABLE FOR SPECIFIC CONDITIONS. CONFER WITH THE ENGINEER. 4) INSTALL ALL MATERIALS IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CONCRETE TO CONCRETE BONDING COMPOUNDS ARE TO BE McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 5 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel USED ONLY WHERE SPECIFICALLY SHOWN ON THE DETAILS OR APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. REPAIR MATERIALS (STO, MASTER BUILDERS, OR APPROVED EQUAL). NOTE: SIKA AND EUCLID ARE APPROVED EQUAL WHERE APPLICABLE. 1) FLEXIBLE CRACK FILLER: MASTERSEAL NP150 (SONOLASTIC 150). 2) BONDING AND ANTI -CORROSION AGENT: MASTEREMACO P124 (EMACO P24). 3) REPAIR MESH: MASTERSEAL 995 4) EPDXY BINDER: MASTERINJECT 1500 (CONCRESIVE LVI) / MASTERINJECT 1380 5) QUICK SET EPDXY GEL: MASTEREMACO ADH 327RS (CONCRESIVE PASTE(SPL) 6) EPDXY GROUT: STO CR639, OR MASTER FLOW MP GROUT. 7) TROWEL GRADE MORTAR: HORIZONTAL REPAIRS - MASTERSEAL 350 (TRAFFICGUARD EP35) FOR VERTICAL REPAIRS - MASTEREMACO N425 (GELPATCH) / MASTEREMACO T 310 CI. 8) OVERHEAD MORTAR: MASTEREMACO S488 CI (EMACO S88 CI) / MASTEREMACO N350 CI. 9) FULL DEPTH REPAIR MORTAR: MASTEREMACO S 440 (LA 40). 10) FLOWABLE MORTAR: MASTEREMACO S 440 (LA 40) OR BASF LA REPAIR MORTAR FOR PUMP APPLICATION. 11) THIN OVERLAY: MASTERSEAL 350 (TRAFFICGUARD EP35) / MASTEREMACO T 310 CI (EMACO 310 CI) / MASTEREMACO T 1061 (EMACO 1061). 12) NON -SHRINK GROUT: MASTERFLOW 100. 13) EXPANSIVE GROUT: MASTERFLOW 928. 14) REPAIR MORTAR: MASTEREMACO T 430 (EMACO T 430) 15) EVAPORATION RETARDER: MASTERKURE ER 50 (CONFILM). 16) PROVIDE OTHER MATERIALS, NOT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBED BUT REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION, AS SELECTED BY THE CONTRACTOR SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. J. SUPPLEMENTAL ANCHORS 1) INSTALL STAINLESS STEEL ANCHORS AND RODS AS SHOWN ON DETAILS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. KEEP SUBSTRATE SURFACE CLEAN AND FREE OF EPDXY. THOROUGHLY CLEAN OFF ALL EPDXY RESIDUE FROM THE SUBSTRATE. AVOID PLACING THE ANCHORS OR RODS IN CONTACT WITH THE REINFORCING STEEL WITHIN THE EXCAVATION. IF CONTACT IS MADE, COAT THE COMMON SURFACES WITH ANTI -CORROSION AGENT. K. PLACING CONCRETE REPAIR MATERIALS: 1) INSTALL REPAIR MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ICRI GUIDELINE #03731, AND THE MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS IN A CONTINUOUS OPERATION, WITHIN LIMITS OF THE REPAIR AREAS, UNTIL THE PLACING IS COMPLETED. 2) BRING SURFACES TO THE CORRECT LEVEL WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE, AND THEN STRIKE OFF. 3) USE FLOATS TO SMOOTH THE SURFACE, LEAVING THE SURFACE FREE FROM BUMPS AND HOLLOWS. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 6 • • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 4) PROVIDE MASTER BUILDER'S CONFILM AS REQUIRED TO REDUCE SURFACE MOISTURE EVAPORATION AND RESULTANT PLASTIC SHRINKAGE. APPLY EVAPORATION REDUCER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. 5) DO NOT SPRINKLE WATER ON THE PLASTIC SURFACE. 6) CURE REPAIRED AREA IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI 308, "STANDARD PRACTICE FOR CURING CONCRETE", BY MOISTURE CURE, COVER WITH SHEET MATERIALS CONFORMING TO ASTM C171, OR WATER BASED CURING COMPOUND PER ASTM C309. NOTE: ALWAYS VERIFY COMPATIBILITY OF CURING COMPOUNDS WITH FINISH SURFACE MATERIALS. L. CRACK REPAIRS 1) CONCRETE - ROUT AND CLEAN WITH COMPRESSED AIR: REPAIR WITH STO-EPDXY GEL OR STO CR633 EPDXY BINDER BY GRAVITY FEED, AS APPLICABLE. CONSULT ENGINEER AS REQUIRED. 2) CRACK INJECTION - AS DIRECTED BY ENGINEER. (REFER TO SECTION III.B. BELOW. 3) NON-STRUCTURAL CONCRETE - HAIRLINE CRACKS LESS THAN 1/32": CLEAN SURFACE AND CLEAN JOINT WITH COMPRESSED AIR. APPLY ACURON 2000 OVER JOINT (SATURATE) PRIOR TO APPLYING SURFACE COATING. M. GALVANIC ANODES - (NOT USED) N. RE -LEVELING OF THE ELEVATED FLOORS (NOT USED). O. REMEDIAL WORK 1) REPAIR OR REPLACE DEFICIENT WORK AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER AND AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. P. PAY QUANTITY 1) UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL QUANTITY OF UNIT PRICE CONCRETE REPAIRS BY MEASUREMENT (OR) MATERIAL BAG COUNT, AS APPLICABLE. 2) SUBJECT TO ENGINEER OR OWNER REPRESENTATIVE CONFIRMATION, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE PAID FOR QUANTITIES VERIFIED. III.B. EPDXY INJECTION A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1) FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, AND PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS NECESSARY FOR THE CRACK INJECTION WORK. 2) THE INSTALLATION OF PORTS AND THE INJECTION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS SHALL PROCEED AS INDICATED IN THE SEQUENCE OF WORK. 3) DESIGNATED CRACKS TO BE INJECTED FULL LENGTH OF THE CRACKS. 4) SPECIFIED MATERIALS WILL BE INJECTED UNDER SUCH PRESSURE SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE THE EXISTING STRUCTURE. 5) WORK TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI RAP #1 AS SHOWN IN THE DRAWINGS. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 7 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel B. MATERIALS 1) ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE IN UNDAMAGED, UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING THE MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL LABELS. MATERIALS SHALL BE NON-FLAMMABLE AND NON-TOXIC 2) CAP SEAL - SIKADUR 31 BY SIKA CORPORATION, OR APPROVED EQUAL (AT EPDXY FILLED CRACKS). 3) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, THE SEALING MATERIALS SHALL BE A POLYURETHANE GROUT AND ACCELERATOR SYSTEM MARKETED UNDER THE NAMES OF HYDRO -ACTIVE GROUT WITH ACCELERATOR HYDRO -ACTIVE CAT SUPPLIED BY DE NEEF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS (US), INC. (OR APPROVED EQUAL). 4) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, THE EPDXY MATERIALS SHALL BE SIKADUR 35, SIKADUR 52, OR SIKADUR INJECTION GEL (OR APPROVED EQUAL). C. INSTALLING PORTS 1) CLEAN CONCRETE SURFACE AT CRACKS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF THE CAP SEAL. 2) PROVIDE SURFACE MOUNT OR SOCKET PORTS AS REQUIRED BY THE PROJECT CONDITIONS. SPACING OF INJECTION PORTS SUBJECT TO THE WIDTH OF THE CRACKS, BUT NO LESS THAN THICKNESS OF CONCRETE TO BE INJECTED. 3) INSTALL INJECTION PORTS COMPATIBLE WITH THE INJECTION MATERIALS. 4) FLUSH CRACKS AS REQUIRED BY THE MATERIALS MANUFACTURER. D. STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING 1) STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING OF THE CHEMICAL MATERIALS AND THE ACCELERATOR, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES, AND SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE HAZARD TO PERSONNEL. E. PUMPS 1) HAND OPERATED, AIR DRIVEN OR ELECTRICAL POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT PUMPS CAN BE USED. ONE TO FIVE GALLONS PER MINUTE DELIVERY IS NORMALLY SATISFACTORY. PUMPS MUST BE FLUSHED WITH WASHING AGENT FOR AT LEAST TWO MINUTES BEFORE AND AFTER THE GROUTING OPERATION. F. QUALITY CONTROL 1) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK-UP OF TYPICAL CRACK INJECTION FOR ENGINEER REVIEW BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 2) EPDXY INJECTION PROCEDURES SUBJECT TO ICRI GUIDELINE #03734. 3) CORE SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN AS NOTED BELOW. G. PROCEDURES 1) INSTALL CAP SEAL (1" WIDE X 3/16" THICK, PROX.) AT EPDXY FILLED CRACKS. 2) INJECT SPECIFIED MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS UNDER SUFFICIENT PRESSURE AND FOR THE LENGTH OF TIME NECESSARY TO FILL ALL VOIDS. 3) CORES (2" IN DIAMETER) SHALL BE TAKEN TO CONFIRM THE RESULTS OF THE INJECTION (PER LOCATIONS DESIGNATED BY ENGINEER). a) THREE (3) PER FIRST 100 LF. b) ONE PER 150 LF, THEREAFTER. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 8 • • • • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel c) PATCH CORE HOLES WITH REPAIR GROUT. 4) PATCH CORE HOLES WITH REPAIR GROUT. CRACKS FOUND NOT TO BE FULLY INJECTED (PER CORE SAMPLES) SHALL BE RE -INJECTED, AND SUBSEQUENTLY RE - CORED. 5) REMOVE INJECTION PORTS AND EXCESS RESIN ON SURFACE OF CONCRETE (BY GRINDING). H. PAYMENT 1) THE OWNER WILL PAY THE CONTRACTOR A UNIT PRICE FOR EACH LINEAL FOOT OF CRACK INJECTED OR GRAVITY FED, AS APPLICABLE. 2) THE UNIT PRICE SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF THE SAMPLE CORES, AND PATCHING OF SAME. III.C. CORROSION INHIBITOR - NOT USED III.D. URETHANE/SILICONE CRACK REPAIR A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1) FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, AND PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS NECESSARY FOR THE CRACK REPAIR WORK. 2) THE INSTALLATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS SHALL PROCEED AS INDICATED IN THE SEQUENCE OF WORK. 3) DESIGNATED CRACKS TO BE FILLED LENGTH OF THE CRACKS. B. MATERIALS 1) ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE SITE IN UNDAMAGED, UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING THE MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL LABELS. MATERIALS SHALL BE NON-FLAMMABLE AND NON-TOXIC 2) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, THE SEALING MATERIALS SHALL BE A POLYURETHANE SEALANT MASTERSEAL NP1 BY BASF CORPORATION OR APPROVED EQUAL. 3) WHERE SPECIFIED BY THE ENGINEER, SILICONE SEALANT SHALL BE DOW -CORNING FC PARKING SEALANT OR APPROVED EQUAL. C. STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING 1) STORAGE, MIXING AND HANDLING OF THE CHEMICAL MATERIALS AND THE ACCELERATOR, SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MANUFACTURER AND ALL APPLICABLE SAFETY CODES, AND SHALL BE PERFORMED IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO MINIMIZE HAZARD TO PERSONNEL. D. QUALITY CONTROL 1) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE MOCK-UP OF TYPICAL CRACK REPAIRS FOR ENGINEER REVIEW BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. E. PROCEDURES 1) ROUT CRACKS WITH THE USE OF A CRACK CHASER (1/4" WIDE). 2) INSTALL SPECIFIED MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. F. PAYMENT 1) THE OWNER WILL PAY THE CONTRACTOR A UNIT PRICE FOR EACH LINEAL FOOT McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 9 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel OF CRACK REPAIR BY SEALANT OR GRAVITY FED EPDXY, AS APPLICABLE. 2) THE UNIT PRICE SHALL INCLUDE THE COST OF THE SAMPLE CORES, AND PATCHING OF SAME. IV. REPOINTING OF MASONRY JOINTS A. SCOPE OF WORK 1. INSPECT ALL EXISTING MASONRY FOR OPEN OR LOOSE MORTAR JOINTS. 2. CLEAN JOINTS REQUIRING REPAIR. 3. REMOVE LOOSE AND DETERIORATED MORTAR. 4. POINT MORTAR JOINTS AS REQUIRED. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. USE ADEQUATE NUMBERS OF SKILLED WORKMEN WHO ARE THOROUGHLY TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. 2. PROVIDE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARDS ESTABLISHED BY THE BRICK INSTITUTE OF AMERICA (BIA). C. SUBMITTALS 1. UPON RECEIPT OF THE OWNER'S NOTICE TO PROCEED, SUBMIT: a. MATERIALS LIST OF ITEMS PROPOSED TO BE PROVIDED. b. MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DATA NEEDED TO PROVE COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. c. MSDS SHEETS. 2. PROVIDE MORTAR SAMPLES FROM THE MORTAR MANUFACTURER THAT MATCH THE EXISTING MORTAR. D. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1. MATERIALS ARE TO BE DELIVERED, STORED, AND HANDLED TO PROTECT THEM FROM DAMAGE, EXTREME TEMPERATURE, AND MOISTURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2. DELIVER AND STORE MATERIAL IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED CONTAINERS WITH THE PRODUCTION DATE SHOWN ON THE CONTAINER OR PACKAGING. 3. COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MIXING, APPLICATION, AND CURING OF MORTARS. 4. HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS: PROTECT REPAIR MORTAR FROM DIRECT SUNLIGHT AND WIND. DO NOT USE OR PREPARE MORTAR WHEN AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 90 F. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 10 • • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel E. MATERIALS 1. TYPE "S" MORTAR. 2. DO NOT USE ANY ADDITIVES, SUCH AS BONDING AGENTS, ACCELERATORS, OR RETARDANTS IN THE MORTAR. F. PREPARATION FOR POINTING 1. EXISTING MORTAR SHALL BE REMOVED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 2-1/2 TIMES THE WIDTH OF THE JOINT. IN ALL INSTANCES, REMOVE ALL UNSOUND MORTAR. DO NOT REMOVE MORTAR IN EXCESS OF ONE-THIRD THE DEPTH OF THE MASONRY UNIT. DUST AND DEBRIS SHOULD BE REMOVED FROM THE JOINT BY BRUSHING, RINSING WITH WATER, OR COMPRESSED AIR. 2. THE USE OF POWER TOOLS TO REMOVE MORTAR IS ACCEPTABLE. 3. JOINTS SHOULD BE DAMPENED PRIOR TO POINTING, BUT THERE SHOULD NOT BE ANY STANDING WATER. G. MIXING MORTAR 1. A DUST MASK SHOULD BE WORN DURING MIXING. DO NOT MIX MORE MATERIAL THAN CAN BE USED WITHIN 30 MINUTES. DISCARD ANY MIXED MATERIAL THAT HAS BEEN UNUSED FOR 30 MINUTES OR MORE. 2. MIXING RATIO: a. APPROXIMATELY 4 PARTS DRY MATERIAL TO 1 PART WATER: THIS RATIO IS APPROXIMATE. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE AMOUNT OF WATER MUST BE MADE ACCORDING TO LOCAL WEATHER CONDITIONS. EXCESSIVE WATER WILL LIGHTEN THE FINAL COLOR. POINTING MORTAR SHOULD BE DRIER THAN SETTING MORTAR TO HELP CONTROL COLOR. 3. ADD WATER TO DRY INGREDIENTS AND MIX WELL. ADJUST AMOUNT OF WATER ACCORDING TO THE WEATHER AND THE POROSITY OF THE SUBSTRATE. H. INSTALLATION 1. APPLY POINTING MORTAR TO A DAMPENED SURFACE, PACKING THE MORTAR INTO THE JOINT TO ENSURE FULL DEPTH COMPACTION. THE MORTAR SHOULD BE BROUGHT FLUSH WITH THE FACE OF THE MASONRY UNIT, AND LEFT TO SET FOR FINAL TOOLING. 2. AFTER MORTAR JOINT HAS "SET" (THE TIME FOR THIS WILL VARY DEPENDING ON THE DEPTH OF THE APPLICATION, DAMPNESS OF THE MASONRY, AND LOCAL WEATHER CONDITIONS). THE JOINT SHOULD THEN BE TOOLED TO MATCH THE EXISTING MORTAR JOINTS (BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL). DO NOT ALLOW MORTAR TO HARDEN BEFORE TOOLING. 3. CLEAN UP SHOULD BE DONE BY BRUSHING WITH A CLEAN DRY BRUSH ACROSS THE JOINT. IF ANY MORTAR RESIDUE REMAINS ON THE SURFACE OF THE MASONRY UNIT, CLEANING WITH CLEAN WATER AND A SPONGE IS SUFFICIENT IF DONE BEFORE THE MORTAR DRIES. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 11 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel I. CURING PROCEDURE 1. DAMPENING SHOULD BEGIN AS SOON AS THE MORTAR HAS SET SUFFICIENTLY. HOT WEATHER REQUIRES THIS PROCEDURE TO BEGIN EARLIER (AS SOON AS ONE HOUR) AND TO BE DONE MORE FREQUENTLY. FINISHED POINTING SHOULD BE DAMPENED FOR THREE TO FOUR DAYS. 2. IF MORTAR DRIES TOO RAPIDLY, AND DOES NOT BOND, IT SHALL BE REPLACED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. J. CLEANUP 1. REMOVE UNCURED MORTAR FROM THE PERIMETER OF THE JOINT BEFORE IT DRIES USING CLEAN WATER AND A RUBBER SPONGE. 2. REMOVE EXCESS "CURED" MORTAR BY MECHANICAL MEANS. K. PAY QUANTITY 1. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ACTUAL QUANTITY OF LINEAL FEET OF POINTING BY MEASUREMENT WHERE PARTIAL POINTING IS DESIGNATED. 2. SUBJECT TO ENGINEER CONFIRMATION, THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE PAID FOR QUANTITIES VERIFIED. V. STRUCTURAL STEEL - NOT USED VI. CARPENTRY - NOT USED VII. DECK MEMBRANE - (NOT USED) VIII. PAINTING - (COATING SYSTEMS) A. SCOPE OF WORK 1) WORK IN GENERAL INCLUDES SURFACE PREPARATION, SURFACE REPAIR, AND APPLICATION OF THE PAINT COATING TO THE SUBSTRATES AND SYSTEMS OUTLINED IN THIS SPECIFICATION, AND AS REQUIRED BY THE MANUFACTURER. 2) BASE BID: WORK INCLUDES PAINTING (COATING SYSTEMS) OF ALL EXPOSED STEEL SURFACES AS NOTED IN EXHIBITS #1 AND #2. 3) TOUCH UP ALL WORK UPON COMPLETION. 4) REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM PAINTING WORK FROM THE SITE, AND LEAVE THE SITE IN A CLEAN AND WORKMANLIKE CONDITION. 5) ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED OR DISTRIBUTED BY PORTER PAINT (OR APPROVED EQUAL), AND DELIVERED ON THE JOB IN ORIGINAL, SEALED CONTAINERS. B. STORAGE AND USE OF PREMISES 1) THE PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFINE HIS APPARATUS, MATERIALS STORAGE AND OPERATIONS OF HIS WORKMEN TO LIMITS INDICATED BY PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. ALL MATERIALS USED ON THE JOB SHALL BE STORED IN A SINGLE PLACE DESIGNATED BY THE PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE. SUCH STORAGE SHALL BE KEPT CLEAN AND PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGE TO McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 12 • • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel SURROUNDING AREAS. 2) INFLAMMABLE MATERIAL AND/OR FIRE HAZARD WASTE SHALL BE STORED, HANDLED AND USED IN AN APPROVED MANNER AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE DAILY. C. WORKMANSHIP AND APPLICATION CONDITION 1) PAINT ONLY IN DRY WEATHER WHEN TEMPERATURE IS 50 DEGREES FAHRENHEIT OR HIGHER. STOP EXTERIOR WORK EARLY TO PERMIT PAINT FILM TO SET UP BEFORE CONDENSATION CAUSED BY NIGHT TEMPERATURE DROPS OCCUR. DO NOT BEGIN PAINTING UNTIL SURFACES ARE MOISTURE FREE. 2) PRIMERS AND PAINTS TO BE APPLIED BY BRUSH AND ROLL APPLICATION ONLY ON ALL EXTERIOR SURFACES. 3) DO NOT VARNISH OR ENAMEL IN DIRECT SUNLIGHT. 4) KEEP PAINT AT ROOM TEMPERATURE. 5) SWEEP DUST, DIRT AND DEBRIS AWAY BEFORE PAINTING. 6) EXECUTE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH LABEL DIRECTIONS. COATING APPLICATIONS SHALL BE MADE IN STRICT CONFORMANCE TO THIS SPECIFICATION AND TO THE MANUFACTURER'S PAINT INSTRUCTIONS ON THE LABELS AND PRODUCT DATA SHEETS. 7) PAINT ONLY DRY WOOD (LESS THAN 15% MOISTURE). CEMENTICIOUS SUBSTRATES' MOISTURE CONTENT MUST NOT EXCEED 25% PRIOR TO COATING APPLICATION. 8) ALL WORK SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY SKILLED WORKMEN FAMILIAR WITH AND TRAINED TO DO THIS TYPE WORK; MOREOVER, THEY SHALL BE QUALIFIED TO OPERATE OR USE THE EQUIPMENT AND RIGGING NEEDED TO ACCOMPLISH THIS WORK. 9) ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN SOUND WORKING CONDITION AND MUST MEET ALL OSHA SAFETY STANDARDS. ALL WORKMEN SHALL BE AWARE OF AND TRAINED IN THE OPERATION OF ALL SAFETY EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT. 10) MATERIALS SHALL BE APPLIED EVENLY AND FREE OF RUNS, SAGS, PINHOLES OR LAP MARKS. 11) ONLY THE MANUFACTURER'S THINNERS MAY BE USED TO THIN THE RESPECTIVE PRODUCTS AND IN THE AMOUNTS PRESCRIBED. 12) ALL APPLICATION TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND SUITABLE FOR PROPER APPLICATION. 13) ALL SHRUBBERY, OUTSIDE WALKWAYS AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMS SHALL BE FULLY PROTECTED AGAINST DAMAGE DURING EACH STAGE OF THE PAINTING PROJECT. 14) ALL EXTERIOR SUBSTRATES DESIGNATED NOT TO RECEIVE PAINT COATINGS SHALL BE KEPT FREE OF PAINT RESIDUE, E.G. WINDOWS, WALKWAYS, FOLIAGE, ETC... D. SURFACE PREPARATION 1) CLEANING AND MILDEW CONTROL a. ALL EXTERIOR SURFACES TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE PRESSURE CLEANED (2500 PSI MIN.) TO REMOVE DIRT, MILDEW, CHALKED PAINT AND ANY FOREIGN MATERIALS DETERRENT TO THE NEW FINISH. b. ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE WATERBLASTED WITH THE FOLLOWING SOLUTION TO REMOVE MILDEW, MILDEW SPORES, AND OTHER SURFACE CONTAMINANTS. MIX 1 PART BLEACH TO 3 PARTS WATER - MIX THOROUGHLY. LET SOLUTION REMAIN ON SURFACE 15 - 20 MINUTES AND THEN THOROUGHLY RINSE WITH POTABLE WATER. IF DIRT REMAINS, WASH WITH A NON-SUDSING DETERGENT (I.E. SOILAX). RINSE McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 13 Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel THOROUGHLY WITH POTABLE WATER AND ALLOW SURFACE TO DRY BEFORE PAINTING. c. ANY LOOSE AND SCALING PAINT NOT REMOVED BY PRESSURE WASHING SHALL BE REMOVED BY WIRE BRUSHING OR OTHER SUITABLE POWER TOOL CLEANING. 2) MASONRY/STUCCO SUBSTRATES - (NOT USED) 3) FERROUS METAL SUBSTRATES a. METALS SHOWING SIGNS OF RUST DEGRADATION SHALL BE POWER TOOL CLEANED PER SSPC-SP 3, TREATED WITH OSPHO AND PRIMED PER PAINT SCHEDULE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 4) WOOD SUBSTRATES a. ALLOW WOOD (P.T., AND NON-P.T.) TO DRY SIXTY (60) DAYS BEFORE PAINT (OR UNTIL MOISTURE CONTENT IS BELOW 15%). b. PRIME WOOD SURFACE WITH PRIMER. PER PAINT SCHEDULE, U.O.N. c. ALL RUSTY NAIL HEADS SHALL BE TREATED WITH A PHOSPHORIC ACID BASE SOLUTION. (OSPHO, OR EQUAL), COUNTER SUNK AND PUTTIED WITH DAP PAINTERS PUTTY, OR EQUAL, OR SPOT PRIMED TO PREVENT FURTHER BLEED. 5) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PROTECTION OF THE ADJACENT STRUCTURE TO PREVENT OVER -SPRAY, TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: a. CONTRACTOR SHALL COVER AND PROTECT ALL PERMANENT SIGNAGE. b. OWNER SHALL REMOVE AND SUBSEQUENTLY REPLACE ALL FOAM/SOFT SIGNAGE TO ALLOW THE CONTRACTOR TO PAINT BEHIND THE SUBJECT SIGNS. E. CRACKS IN EXISTING STUCCO VERTICAL WALLS MORE THAN 1/8" IN_ WIDTH - (NOT USED) F. COLOR SELECTION 1) CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COLOR SAMPLES OF ALL PAINT SURFACES FOR OWNER REVIEW. 2) COLOR SELECTION BY OWNER FROM TNEMEC COLORS AS NOTED IN EXHIBITS 1 AND 2. G. EXTERIOR EXPOSED STEEL / RUSTED METAL 1) REFER TO SCOPE OF WORK REFERENCED ABOVE. (EXHIBIT 1). 2) REFER TO TNEMEC PAINT (OR EQUAL) SPECIFICATIONS ON DRAWINGS (EXHIBIT 2). H. EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES 1) MATCH EXISTING COLORS, EXCEPT AS NOTED ON EXHIBITS 1 AND 2. X. MISCELLANEOUS A. FIELD MEASUREMENT/SUBMITTALS 1) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MEASUREMENTS IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS. 2) ALL FIELD OBTAINED DIMENSIONS SHALL BE REFLECTED IN THE SHOP DRAWINGS WHEN SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. • • 3) ACCURACY OF FIELD DIMENSIONS SHALL BE THE COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE 40 CONTRACTOR. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 14 • • Project Specifications Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel B. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 1) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SET OF AS -BUILT DRAWINGS REFLECTING ALL CHANGES TO THE DESIGN DOCUMENTS UPON COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. C. DRILLED ANCHORS 1) ALL DRILLED BOLTS AND REBAR INTO CONCRETE SHALL USE STO EPDXY GEL, OR HILTI (HIT HY150) SYSTEM, OR APPROVED EQUAL. BOLTS SHALL BE AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL U.O.N. 2) ALL TAPCON TYPE FASTENERS SHALL BE ELCO WITH STALGARD FINISH, OR EQUAL. (PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WHERE SPECIFIED.) 3) ALL SELF -DRILLING SCREWS SHALL BE ELCO (WITH STALGARD FINISH (OR EQUAL). PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL WHERE SPECIFIED. END OF SECTION McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 15 • Exhibits Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel EXHIBITS SECTION IV SUBSECTION 0005 — EXHIBITS SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL REPAIRS AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL McCARTHY PROJECT NO. M15304 DESCRIPTION PAGES 1 Supplementary Report 1- 4 2 Tnemec Specifications 1-14 Tnemec Product Data Sheet: H1 Build Epoxing Series 66 2 Pages Uni-Bond-Mastic Series 66 2 Pages Enduratong Series 1029 2 Pages Chembond Series 1 2 Pages Fluoronar Series 1 2 Pages Warranty Program Advange Draft 4 Pages Adhesion 5 year Warranty Sample 3 Pages 3 Spectrum Field Steel Repainting Daily 2 Pages Report 4 Unit Price Summary 1 Page 5 Project Closeout 1 Page 6 City of Clearwater Prequalification Form 3 Pages 7 Asbestos Report by Greenfield Environ. 6 Pages 8 Spectrum Field Calendar of Events 1 Page July 2017 through December 2017 McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 • Exhibit Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Spectrum Field Exhibit I Annual Structural Assessment (As amended below) Supplementary Report July 11, 2017 Scope of Work I. Description of the Supplementary Report 1. The following individuals were in attendance during the survey regarding the repainting of all steel members exposed to the environment, except as noted: a) Leroy Chin, City of Clearwater b) Sean McCarthy, Phillies c) Michael Stensrud, Tnemec d) Brian Keane, McCarthy 2. The scope of this paint survey included all three (3) levels of the stadium, including exterior approaches to building entrances and service areas. 3. Except as noted, the color is to be Fire Weed Red. II. Main Concourse Level: 1. All overhead structural steel and metal deck, to include piping, is to be repainted. 2. All steel stairs, railings, and underside are to be repainted. Stair stringers will require replacement of sealant upon completion of the painting. 3. All perimeter railings are to be repainted where previously painted. Galvanized finish (unpainted) rails are not to be painted. 4. Both bridges are to be repainted, to include railings and the underside, and removal and reinstallation of the fence fabric using new ties. 5. The Batter's Eye stair and framing is to be repainted, to include removal of fence fabric and reinstallation with new ties. Netting removal by owner. 6. All steel doors and frames are to be painted inside and out. See alternates. Note: Not all doors and frames are to be fire weed red. Existing colors to be applied where noted. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 1 Exhibit Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 7. All steel frames and sub -frames at overhead concession doors, to include the overhead steel lintels, are to be repainted. The galvanized doors are not to be repainted. 8. All steel frames at overhead maintenance doors are to be repainted. The galvanized doors are not to be repainted. 9. The steel shed frame at the north end (north of the Tiki Bar) is to be repainted. 10. All steel framing and underside of wood deck at the Tiki Bar is to be painted black. 11. The poles at the north end (with net removal by owner) are to be repainted. 12. The foul poles are to be repainted yellow. 13. Entrance gates are to be repainted. 14. All overhead steel joists, deck and pipe in all alcoves are to be repainted. 15. The Spectrum Field sign pole outside the stadium at center field is also to be painted. 16. All outside handrail and railings at entrance stairs are to be repainted, except for galvanized unpainted surfaces. 17. All fire piping is to be painted fire red. 18. The exposed fire safing at the wall/deck intersection is to be painted. Ill. Third Level: 1. All stairways, railings, and underside are to be repainted. Note: Stair stringers will require replacement of sealant upon completion of the painting. 2. Overhead concession door, frame and sub -frame are to be repainted, to include the overhead steel beam. The galvanized doors are not to be repainted. 3. All perimeter railings have to be repainted. 4. Remove and reinstall all cup holders (by city). 5. All fire piping is to be painted fire red. 6. Gutters and down -spouts at all hip roof are to be painted. 7. All overhead steel, deck and piping is to be repainted. 8. All scuppers at the north cross walk are to be painted. 9. All of the backstop poles are to be repainted. City/Phillies shall remove and subsequently reinstall the netting. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 2 Exhibit Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel 10. All steel doors and frames are to be repainted inside and out. Color to be Fire Weed Red unless a different color, then the color shall be the same as existing. IV. Lower Level: 1. All doors and frames at the southeast end are to be repainted inside and out. Color to be Fire Weed Red unless a different color, then the color shall be the same as existing. 2. All steel stairs, railings, and underside are to be repainted. Stair stringers will require replacement of sealant upon completion of the painting. 3. All overhead steel door frames and steel headers are to be repainted. The galvanized doors are not to be repainted. 4. Service doors and frames at the north end, to include one (1) double wood door, are to be repainted inside and out. 5. All fire piping is to be painted fire red. V. Additional Notes: 1. The paint contractor will need to mask and cover everything required to do the project. 2. The paint contractor will also have to bundle and cover all loose electrical lines. 3. Paint to be by Tnemec Company, Inc. Specification to follow from the Tnemec representative. 4. McCarthy will need equipment cut sheets on any proposed lift equipment in order to evaluate the loads on the concourse level floors. VI. Items not requiring repainting: 1. The galvanized overhead doors are not to be repainted. 2. Any galvanized (unpainted) rails. 3. The metal fence at the adjacent practice field. 4. The metal structure at the new scoreboard in center field. 5. All roof flashing. 6. The insulated fire line at the lower level. 7. The galvanized steel clips at the precast concrete members at the lower. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Page 4 Exhibit Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel EXHIBIT 4 UNIT PRICE ITEMS MONTHLY SUMMARY Re: Project: Project #: Pay Application #: Through: Item Number Description Bid Quantity Previous Mo. Qty. Quantity This Month Total Qty. To Date Unit Price Total $ Submitted By: Approved By: Project No. M15304 Exhibit Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel EXHIBIT 5 PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Project Name Project Number Date No. Item ApplicableEly Received 1. Building Department Acceptance: a. Final Inspection B.O. b. Certificate of Occupancy B.O. 2. Punch List: a. Contractor's Letter of Completion G.C. B. Owner Acceptance Owner 3. Final Cleanup G.C. 4. Final Change Orders: a. Unit Price Adjustments G.C./et al 0 b. Additional Work G.C./et al 5. Final Pay Application (Less Retainage) G.C./et al 6. Request for Retainage: a. Contractor Submit G.C./EOR b. Owner Payment Owner 7. Letter of Subs Completion EOR/et al 8. Consent of Surety G.C. 9. As-Builts G.C. 10. Waivers of Lien: a. Contractor G.C. • b. Subcontractors G.C. c. Suppliers G.C. 11. Owner Audit: a. Pay Application Audit b. "Notice to Owner" Audit 12. Warranties: a. Contractor 13. Other Items: a. b. c. McCarthy Project No. M15304 Owner Owner G.C. EXHIBIT 2 TNEMEC SPECIFICATIONS Coating Specifications for rjrigtst house f I*24“ 2016 Repainting Project EXHIBIT 2 .• • McCertcy Project No M15304. 6oi N. Old Coachman Rd Clearwater FL 33765 Brighthouse Had / Q ter F ori DESCRIPTION Scope of Work: The scope of services includes the coating of various steel structures at the Brighthouse Field Complex in Clearwater Florida COATING SYSTEMS System 1. Steel, exterior, subject to sunlight exposure, previously painted with a high performance coating. All handrails and stringers SYSTEM 1 COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: Surface Preparation: Remove all grease, oil, dirt, dust, mold, mildew, salt, chalk, and other soluble contaminants by Pressure Washing (minimum 4000 PSI, 3-5 (PM, potable water). Remove all louse rust, loose old coatings, and remaining contaminants by Hand or Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2 or SP3). Feather edges of failed old coatings or areas of rust to blend with the new coatings. All surfaces must be clean and dry. All prepared surfaces must he coated as soon as possible the Same Day, in order to prevent the formation of new rust or the re -contamination of the surface. All components of this option can be spray, brush, or roller applied. Contractor must take great care in protecting all adjacent surfaces from overspray, dripping, or paint splatter during application, • • • • Coating System • • Spot Prime (areas of bare metal / tightly adhering rust), using Triemer Series 135 Chembuild c 3,0-5.0 mils DFT Full Prime (all surfaces): Trietnec Series 135 (0); 3.0-5.0 mils DFT frit cc Series 1071 Fluo ar (L12, 2,0-3.0 mils DFT System 2 Steel, exterior, NOT subject to sunlight exposure, previously painted with a high performance coating. These areas may have only occasional spot rusting Al components of this option can be spray applied. Both have excellent &Wall properties. Spray application of this system would require less extensive protection of surrounding areas from overspray. However, reasonable care should always be taken to protect adjacent suifaces from overspray, dripping, or paint splatter. SYSTEM 2 COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS Surface Preparation; Remove all grease, oil, dirt, dust, mold, mildew, salt, chalk, and other soluble contaminants by Pressure Washing (minimum 4000 PSI, 3-5 (PM, potable water), Remove all loose rust, loose old coatings, and remainina contaminants by Hand or Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2 or SP3). Feather edges of failed old coatings or areas of rust to blend with the new coatings. All surfaces must be clean and dry. All prepared surfaces must be coated as soon as possible the Same Day, in order to prevent the formation of new rust or the re -contamination of the surface. Coating System Spot Prime (areas of bare metal tightly adhering rust), using Tnemec Series 118 Uni-Bond Mastic citi, 6.0-8.0 mils LEFT First Coat (all surfaces): Triemee Series 1029 Enduratone (ii‘j s DFT Finish: I nemec Series 1029 Enduratone a 2.0-3.0 mils DFT System 3 Enclosed or covered areas within alcoves or stairwell areas or enclosed hallways that exhibit significant spot rustingsuch as decking ttr barjoists. All components of this option can be spray applied. Both have excellent dry -fall properties. Spray application of this system would require less extensive protection of surrounding areas from overspray. However, reasonable care should always be taken to protect adjacent surfaces from overspray dripping, or paint splatter. SYSTEM 3 COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS Surface Preparation Remove all grease, oil, dirt, dust, mold, mildew, salt, chalk, and other soluble contaminants by Pressure Washing (minimum 4000 PSI, 3-5 (iPM, potable water). Remove all loose rust, loose old coatings, and remaining contaminants by Hand or Power Tool Cleaning (SSP(-SP2 or SP3). Feather edges of failed old coatings or areas of rust to blend with the new coatings. All surfaces must be clean and diy. All prepared surfaces must be coated as soon as possible the same day, in order to prevent the formation of new rust or the re -contamination of the surface. • • • • Coating System Primer: Tnemec Series 118 Um -Bond Mastic (ti! 6.0-8.0 mils DFT Intermediate Coat: Tnemcc Series 118 Uni-Bond Mastic @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT Finish: Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone 20-3.O mils DFT Svstem 4 Exterior exposed galvanized railing,posts, and steel fabric. This includes the NV ire welded -red", previously field painted steel fabric. This does NOT include the black vinyl coated chain link fabric. SYSTEM 4 COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS • Surface Preparation Remove all existing coatings and scarify the bare galvanized surface by Abrasive Blasting, or Mechanical Cirindimi. All surfaces must be clean, dry, and abraded Newly prepared bare galvanized surfaces begin to react quickly with air and moisture following surface preparation. All surfaces must be primed as soon as possible the same day. Coating System Primer Theme Series 66 1113 Epoxoline Op, 2.5-3.5 mils DFT Finish: Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar (Semi -gloss) @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT • System 5 (Additive Alternate) Metal Doors and Frames, Interior and Exterior surfaces, Lower Level, Main Concourse Level, and Level 3 SYSTEM 5 COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS Surface Preparation Remove all grease, oil, dirt, dust, mold, mildew, chalk, and other soluble contaminants b Soh em Cleaning (SSPC-SP1). Degloss the existing coatings by hand or power sanding Coating System First Coat (all surfaces): Tneinee Series 1029 Etiduratone @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT Finish: Tnemec criesS1029 Enduratone @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT Note: The Tnetnec Representative will conduct regular site visits to review various aspects of the project, including, sm:face prep, material preparation, film thickness, etc. Each site visit will be followed by a written summary. • • • The following photographs represent the various surfaces that are scheduled for recoating. System 1. (Series 135 / Series 135 /Series 1071) Steel, exterior, subject to sunlight exposure, previously painted with a high performance coating. Includes All handrails and stair stringers. Examples of Conditions requiring System 1 a. Lower Level, Main Concourse Level, and Third Level overhead structural steel and metal deck, including piping. b. Lower Level, Main Concourse Level, and Level 3 Steel Stairways, railings, stair pans, stringers, and support steel c. Lower Level, Main Concourse Level, and Level 3 Steel OH Door Frames d. Batter's Eye stair and framing e. Brighthouse Field Sign Support Pole and Framing f. Steel frames and subframes at overhead concession doors, including the overhead steel lintels. Doors NOT to be painted. • • • • g. Steel shed frame, north of the Tiki Bar •Aa h. Steel Framing and Underside of Tiki Bar L Poles at the North End Foul Poles k. Scuppers at north cross walk. L Parapet Wall Caps • m. Roof Drain Piping n. Gutters and Downspouts • • • o. Backstop Poles a. Interior Stairwells — Handrails, Stringers (not undersides of stair pans). System 2 (Series 118 / Series 1029 / Series 1029) Steel, exterior, NOT subject to direct sunlight exposure, previously painted with a high performance coating. These areas may have only occasional spot rusting a. Underside of Concourse Decking, piping, conduit, drain pipes, beams and other miscelaneous metals. b. Fire Piping c. Fire Sating at wall/deck intersection d. Lower Level Service Doors and Frames (including wood double doors) e. Undersides of Stair Pans. • • System 3. (Series 118/ Series 118 / Series 1029) Enclosed or Covered areas within Alcoves or Stairwell areas or enclosed hallways (Beige Colored) Examples of conditions requiring System 2 a. Overhead decking, bar joists, conduit, etc. System 4: (Series 66 / Series 1071) Exterior exposed galvanized railing, posts, and welded wire steel fabric. Examples of conditions requiring System 4 Svstem5 (Additive Alternate): (Series 1029 /Series 1029) Metal Doors and Frames, Lower Level, Main Concourse Level, and Level 3 Examples of conditions requiring system 5 END • • TrE:MF.ty GEBECESFIPTCN cINIRCNI F3IGE FIN91 SHIA.Q1AIRONIU6 FOIAAA4 INGsYlm FRMERS TOS AZIEFORVKAI FOSE. SEL (ILtANZED93E&FB4 as DM111EIR01 QT:FETE (MU RINEDSHAFS A13lFAlS 1€€MXIAA W1IIESOIIES CLFIMNE WALEORMICOME NIS 7-130Fa miEi GE MRIERTTENRIENIS NEIVEIG-IMMILN SRIOGIEENIERVIRE lIVIEFAIREREIRANE 9BFUFE R.1 NKIN--SBA HI-BUILDEPDXOLINE® SERIES 66 Polyamide Epoxy Industry standard for epoxy coatings for over 30 years Known for its forgiving application characteristics in adverse and varied conditions, and for benchmark performance. Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight and may yellow on aging. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing, miscatatyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initial stages of curing may accelerate any potential yellowing. Satin Meets the performance requirements of AWWA C 210 (not for potable water contact). Contact your Tnemec representative for system recommendations. Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results Reel: Self -priming or Series 1, 20, FC20, 371-1, N69, 90, 91-1120, 94-H20, 161, 394, 530 Galvanized Steel and Non -Ferrous Metal: Self - priming Concrete: Self -priming, 54-660, 201, 216, 218 CMU: 54-562, 54-660, 130, 216, 218 Drywall: 51-792 for dry interior environments Note: A maximum recoat time may apply depending on the topcoat specified. Refer to the applicable topcoat product sheet for information on product specific maximum recoat times. 46H-413, 66, N69, 73, 84, 104, 113, 114, 161, 262 265, 290, 291, 107Q 1071, 1072 1074, 1074U, 1075 1075J, 1077, 1078 Refer to COLORS on applicable topcoat data sheets for additional information. Note: A maximum recoat time may apply depending on the topcoat specified. Refer to the applicable topcoat product sheet for information on product specific maximum recoat times. Immersion Service: S;arify the Series 66 prime coat surface by abrasive -blasting with a fine abrasive before topcoating if: (a) the 66 prime coat has been in exterior exposure for 60 days or longer and 66, 46H-413, N69 or 161 is the specified topcoat; (b) the 66 prime coat has been in exterior exposure for 14 days or longer and Series 104 is the specified topcoat; (c) the 66 prime coat has been in exterior exposure for 7 days or longer and Series 262 or 265 is the specified topcoat. Immersion Service: SSC-9P10/NACE 2 Near -White Blast Cleaning Non -Immersion Service: SSSC•S'6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast Cleaning S.irface preparation recommendations will vary depending on the substrate and exposure conditions Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services Allow new concrete to cure 28 days For optimum results and/or immersion service, abrasive blast referencing SPC- Sa13/NACE 6 Surface Preparation of Concrete and Tnemec's Surface Preparation and Application Guide. Allow mortar to cure for 28 days Prepare in accordance with SPC -'13/ NACE 6 to level protrusions and mortar spatter, and remove other contaminants. Non -Immersion Service: Ask your Tnemec representative for specific recommendations Must be dean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants 56.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) t 2.0 to 6.0 mils (50 to 150 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat Immersion 75°F (24°C) 2 hours 10 hours 12 hours 7 days Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. Ventilation: When used as a tank lining or in enclosed areas, provide adequate ventilation during application and cure. Reference guidelines contained in the latest edition of AVVWA D 102. Unthinned: 3.02 lbs/gallon (362 grans/litre) Thinned 5%: 3.20 lbs/gallon (384 grams/litre) Thinned 10%: 3.37 lbs/gallon (404 grams/litre) t 898 mil sq ft/gal (22.0 m°/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates t Two: Pal A and Part B 5 gallon (169L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans- Order in multiples of 2. 12.50 ± 0.25 lbs (5.67 ± .11 kg) (mixed) t Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C) Part A: 24 months; Part B: 12 months at recommended storage temperature. Part A: 82°F (28°C) Part B: 64°F (18°C) © Msj2$ 2007 y1arti:,Ql, Irc Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions. Pagel cf 2 r1 J 3 EEE HI-BUILDEPDXOLINE® X66 FE.7i&SNBY Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product. Keep out of the reach of children. cs Note: The above reflects the total range to which Series 66 can be applied for specific applications. To insure the proper thickness and number of coats is specified for certain substrates and exposures, consult the Tnemec Guide Specifications and/or contact your Tnemec representative. Note: Roller or brush application may require two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. -I- WOG M 0 Power mix contents of each container, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom. Pour a measured amount of Part B into a clean container large enough to hold both components. Add an equal volume of Part A to Part B while under agitation. Continue agitation until the two components are thoroughly mixed. Do not use mixed material beyond pot life limits. Note: Both components should be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C), allow mixed material to stand thirty (30) minutes and restir before using. For optimum application properties, blended components should be above 60°F (16°C). Mixing ratio is one to one by volume. 7iNNNG Use No. 4 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 10'/0 or 3/4 pint (380 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller or brush, thin up to 5%or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. FIIIIFE 20 hours at 50°F (10°C) 10 hours at 77°F (25°C) 4 hours at 100°F (38°C) /PRJO'Ut 1EUPAINf Air Spray Gun Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m'/Gal) Suggested 4.0 (100) 7.0 (180) 225 (20.9) Minimum 2.0 (50) 3.5 (90) 450 (41.8) Maximum 6.0 (150) 10.5 (265) 150 (13.9) Note: The above reflects the total range to which Series 66 can be applied for specific applications. To insure the proper thickness and number of coats is specified for certain substrates and exposures, consult the Tnemec Guide Specifications and/or contact your Tnemec representative. Note: Roller or brush application may require two or more coats to obtain recommended film thickness. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. -I- WOG M 0 Power mix contents of each container, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom. Pour a measured amount of Part B into a clean container large enough to hold both components. Add an equal volume of Part A to Part B while under agitation. Continue agitation until the two components are thoroughly mixed. Do not use mixed material beyond pot life limits. Note: Both components should be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C), allow mixed material to stand thirty (30) minutes and restir before using. For optimum application properties, blended components should be above 60°F (16°C). Mixing ratio is one to one by volume. 7iNNNG Use No. 4 Thinner. For air spray, thin up to 10'/0 or 3/4 pint (380 mL) per gallon. For airless spray, roller or brush, thin up to 5%or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon. FIIIIFE 20 hours at 50°F (10°C) 10 hours at 77°F (25°C) 4 hours at 100°F (38°C) /PRJO'Ut 1EUPAINf Air Spray Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat'l Hose ID Agtomizin Pot Pressure DeVilbiss JGA E 765 or 704 5116" or 3/8" (7.9 or 9.5 mm) 3/8" or 1/2" . (95 or 12.7 mm) 75 100 psi (5.2-6.9 bar) 10-20 psi (0.7-1.4 bar) ow temperatures or longer hoses require higher po pressure. Airless Spray Tip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat'l Hose ID Manifold Filter 0.015'-0.019" 3000-4000 psi 1/4" or 3/8" (380-485 microns) (207-276 bar) (6.4 or 9.5 mm) 60 mesh (250 microns) Use appropriate tip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions. Note: Application over inorganic zinc -rich primers: Apply a wet mist coat and allow tiny bubbles to form. When bubbles disappear in 1 to 2 minutes, apply a full wet coat at specified mil thickness. Roller: Roller application optional when environmental restrictions do not allow spraying. Use 3/8" or 1/2" (9.5 mm to 12.7 mm) synthetic woven nap covers. Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes. 9.W ERVIE IOLRE Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C) The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Coating will not cure below minimum surface temperature. GUANO? Flush and clean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK. a Values may vary with color. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLERSLIABILITY: Tnemec Company, inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN UEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, D5° ESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIESTHAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of eslablidting a general profile of the coaling and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due cam should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. 68000%#eDKe I4gnsaaIly, Mst x>li 641281372 1-80(}r v l Fac 1-8164833969 Nnwillnereoarn ©11tt8y29 2007by tab , Inc FEEE6 Paget cf 2 • • TN1 M Fe LE GEEIRMESRPRN �M1&3 E COLO FRNE S TOIEDNIS alicAEr:pasrfmcN SEE APZEDSEIE&A.LllfaM AlS1FAES VOLUMES OLIDS RHIMM6DDIT GAMINE HA PS THEORETICALC OVERAGE MNEEFEFOWN346 PA3aGN G N3VOCHIFERYLL0J St>Ji>rAE E SHELF LIFE FLASHPOINT -SETA E J1&9A1BY Ul -B:IC SEWS Mastic Waterbome Acrylic A high -build, rust -inhibitive, elastomeric coating formulated for exceptional adhesion and corrosion resistance over minimally prepared aged coating systems. Series 118 is an excellent choice for projects where abrasive blast cleaning of the substrate is not possible and an anti -corrosive coating is needed. Uni-Bond Mastic accepts a variety of high- performance topcoats for the creation of a long-term protective and aesthetic coating system. 1281 White, 03BR Washed Khaki, 06WH Albatross, 18YW Sponge, 19RD Ruby Red, 2OGN Fairway, 25BL Fountain Bleu, 30GR Comet, 34GR Deep Space, 36BL Touch of Blue, 45GR Captain Hook, 83BR Kindling. Matte Steel: SeIf-priming Series 30, 72, 73, 700, W00, 701, V701, 1026, 1028, 1029, 1070, 1070V, 1071, 1071V, 1072, 1072V, 1074, 1074U, 1075, 1075U or 1095. Note: Series 118 is not intended to be a finish coat. A topcoat is strongly recommended for aesthetics and avoidance of dirt accumulation. Minimum surface preparation of bare steel or previously painted steel requires a cleanliness level as defined by STC -SP WJ-4/NACE WJ-4 Light Cleaning by use of Low Pressure Water Cleaning (LP WC) between 3,500 and 5,000 psi using a 0 degree rotating nozzle. If all visible contaminates, loose mill scale, loose rust and other corrosion products, and loose paint have not been removed, SPC -S'2 Hand Tool Cleaning or SSDGSP3 Power Tool Cleaning should be employed until the surface deanliness definition is met. SJrface preparation recommendations will vary depending on substrate and exposure conditions Consult the latest version of Tnemec Technical Bulletin 10-78 or contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services. Must be clean, dry and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants. 55.0 ± 2.0% t 6.0 to 8.0 mils (150 to 205 microns) per coat. Note: Two coats are required over bare steel. Overcoating an aged system that is mostly intact and tightly adhered can be achieved by spot priming prior to applying a full coat Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 75°F (24°C) 30 minutes 4 hours 8 hours Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. Unth inned: 0.26 lbs/gallon (31 grams/litre) t Unth inned: 0.02 lbs/gal solids 882 mil sq ft/gal (21.6 m'/L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. -1- One One 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans. 11.51 ± 0.25 lbs (5.1 ± .11 kg) t Minimum 45°F (7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) (Dry) Continuous 170°F (77°C) Intermittent 200°F (93°C) 6 months at recommended storage temperature N/A Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product. Keep out of the reach of children. © ,1ly2$ 2015Nitna.(is, Inc Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions. Pagel cf 2 FRCIDUEIDTA urs-B:Namorq saw 1s COERGERNES Allow for overspray and surface irregulanties. Wet flim thlckness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. t I'VDM Mix by stirring to uniform consistency without creating air bubbles air thoroughly, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom of the can. 1INIMG DO NOT THIN. APRIWONHIIPNB1r Airless Spray Tip Orifi ce Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m'/Gal) Suggested 7.0 (175) 13.0 (330) 126 (11.7) Minimum 6.0 (150) 11.0 (280) 147 (13.7) Maximum 8.0 (205) 15.0 (380) 110 (10.2) Allow for overspray and surface irregulanties. Wet flim thlckness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. t I'VDM Mix by stirring to uniform consistency without creating air bubbles air thoroughly, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom of the can. 1INIMG DO NOT THIN. APRIWONHIIPNB1r Airless Spray Tip Orifi ce Atomizing Pressure Mat'I Hose I D Manifold Filter 0.015"-0.027' 2500-3000 psi 3/8" 30 mesh 5380-685 microns 4172-206 bar 59.5 mrn1 i. (600 microns) Roller: Rolling is an acceptab e method of building a film to he proper thickness, however it will not produce an aesthetically pleasing finish. Use 3/8" to 3/4" (9.5 mm to 19.0 mm) synthetic woven nap covers. Multiple coats may be required to achieve recommended film thickness, depending on applicator technique and rol er nap size. Brush: Recommended for small areas only. Use a stiff nylon brush. Work material into voids and avoid brushing out too thin. Note: Applying this product by roller or brush will result in a film with stiple and/or brush marks. SIMEEVIEROLRE Minimum 45°F (7°C) Maximum 120°F (49°C) The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. CLMNIB Flush and dean all equipment immediately after use with dean tap water. Finish by flushing all spray equipment with isopropyl alcohol. t Values may vary wi th color. OALICN Dry overspray can be wiped or washed from most surfaces Satisfactory dry -fall performance depends upon height of work, weather conditions and equipment adjustment. Low temperature and high humidity are of particular concem. Test for each application as follows: Spray from 15 to 25 feet towards paint container. The material then should readily wipe off. Note: Heat can fuse -dry overspray to surfaces. Always dean dry overspray from hot surfaces before fusing occurs. Be aware that exterior surface temperatures can be higher than air temperature. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLERSLIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, E FREFrl OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIESTHAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONQUENTIAL LOS 5-IALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no daim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. 6800 eDiee Kansatay, W3;111641291372 1S0(311I1/ff 1 Fa< 1-8164833969 w the reoam © . 1y2$ 20193/Trt-recCii, Irc FD3I 18 FAge2 cf 2 • • • TNEMEC BIDIIATCW SE SI029 GIEBICCESRP1131 HDP Acrylic Polymer C I/M:NLSeG Water-based, low VOC, High Dispersion Pure acrylic polymer coating providing excellent long term protection in both E interior/exterior exposures. May be applied by spray, brush or roller over a variety of solvent and waterbome steel primers. May also be used over many aged coatings. It is mildew resistant and exhibits very good gloss and color stability. Application methods include "dry -fall" under certain conditions (See Application). Note: Series 1029's "dry -fall" characteristics help reduce the potential for overspray problems on buildings and surrounding property. Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. Note: Certain colors may require multiple coats depending on method of application and COLO finish coat color. When feasible, the preceding coat should be in the same color family (blue, gray, etc.), but noticeably different. Low semi -gloss- Note: Final gloss level of topcoat can vary depending on number of coats applied. One coat will generally result In a lower sheen than two coats of the material. RS RIMERS Wood: Series 10-99W, V10 -99W or 151-1051 Steel: Series 1, 10, 22, 30, 3711, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 90-97, 90G -1K97, 91-1120, 94-H20, 113, 115, 135, L140, L140F, N140, N140F, V140, V140F, 141, 161, 287, 394. Note: Allow Series 10, V10 and 3711 to cure three days before topcoating. Additionally, Series 1, 90-97, 90G -1K97, 91-H20, 94 -H2O and 394 must be exterior exposed for three days prior to topcoating. Note: This product exhibits direct -to -metal capabilities for dry interior environments. Contact Tnemec Technical Service for more information. Aluminum & Galvanized: Series 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 115, 135 Concrete: S& -priming or Series 6, 54, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 130, 151, 156, 180, 287, 1254 CMU: Series 54, 130, 1254 Drywall: Series 51, 151-1051, 287 Series 1028, 1080, 1081 TOIDNIS afFAHREem SEE Weather Exposed: SPGSP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Enclosed, Protected & Mild Environments: SS'C-SP2 Hand Tool or SPG933 Power Tool Cleaning. OUAl'®SEIE&A.LIM 1 Surface preparation recommendations will vary depending on substrate and exposure conditions Consult the latest version of Tnemec Technical Bulletin 10-78 or contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services. M Remove chalk and old pant not tightly bonded to the surface. Peen all visible rust using STC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning (interior dry) or to bare metal using SSG -P11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bae Metal (weather exposed). A4NEDUFAE Must be dean, dry and free of dust, dirt, oil, grease and other contaminants. Existing water soluble stains in the substrate or upon the surface must be removed or sealed. Allow concrete to cure 28 days. VOLUMES 40.0 ± 2.0% t OLIDS REMIKEDDIT GAMINE HAS THEORETICAL COVERAGE MOI3EIKFis PACKA GING NETWEIGHTPER GALLON Sf0913EIMIEROLRE lEIVIIMICREFEEME SHELF LIFE FLASHPOINT -SETA 1-FOL7i&SiEIY 2.0 to 3.0 mils (50 to 75 microns) per coat. Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat To Resist Moisture 75°F (24°C) 30 minutes 2 hours 2 hours 6 hours Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. Unthinned: 0.79 lbs/gallon (94 grams/litre) Thinned 5%: 0.79 lbs/gallon (94 grams/litre) t Unthinned: 0.31 lbs/gal solids Thinned 5%: 0.31 lbs/gal solids 643 mil sq ft/ gal (15.8 m2/ L at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. t One 5 gallon (18.9L) pails and 1 gallon (3.79L) cans. 10.51 ± 0.25 lbs (4.77 ± .11 kg) t Minimum 35°F (2°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) Protect from freezing. (Dry) Continuous 170°F (77°C) Intermittent 200°F (93°C) 12 months at recommended storage temperature. N/A Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product. Keep out of the reach of children. © afte rber •y� 201113,a9 ftL,m, Inc Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com �Ft ��-I should be referenced for the most current technical data and instructions or you may contact your Tnemec representative for current technical data and instructions. Rigel d 2 Ft' UWDWAS ENDUARDE 1 SBES1O29 ODERGERNES Allow for overspray and surface irregulanties. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. t M)VG Sir to uniform consistency without creating air bubbles or foam. Avoid vigorous agitation, boxing or shaking. 111NIG Thinning is not normally required, but when needed, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with dean tap water. /IPRIO>,OYB11PIliHdf Air Spray Gun Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal OW/ Gal) Suggested 2.5 (65) 6.5 (165) 257 (23.9) Minimum 2.0 (50) 5.0 (125) 321 (29.8) Maximum 3.0 (75) 7.5 (190) 214 (19.9) Allow for overspray and surface irregulanties. Wet film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. t M)VG Sir to uniform consistency without creating air bubbles or foam. Avoid vigorous agitation, boxing or shaking. 111NIG Thinning is not normally required, but when needed, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with dean tap water. /IPRIO>,OYB11PIliHdf Air Spray Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat'I Hose ID 9tomizin Pot Pressure DeVilbiss JGA E 765 or 704 5/16° or 3/8" (7.9 or 9.5 mm) 3/8" or 1/2" (9, moan 12.7 ) 60-75 sl P (4.1-5.2 bar) 10-20 psi (0.7-1.4 bar) Airless Spray Note: On projects involving spray equipment being used over consecutive days, follow Cleanup Instructions below and then leave xylol in the system ovemight, flushing thoroughly with clean water before each start-up. Roller: Use 3/8" (6.4 mm) synthetic woven nap roller cover. Brush: Use high quality nylon or synthetic bristle brushes. Note: Floetrol may be used at up to 32 ounces per gallon for improved application properties. Dry -fall and cure properties may be affected. For more information, contact Tnemec Technical Service. 3JfAEEVRE01AE Minimum 40°F (4°C) Maximum 120°F (49°C) The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. UMNIP Flush and dean all equipment immediately after use with water, then use alcohol or Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) on any dried portions. 011701 Dry overspray can be wiped or washed from most surfaces Satisfactory dry -fall performance depends upon height of work, weather conditions and equipment adjustment. Low temperature and high humidity are of particular concem. Test for each application as follows: Spray from 15 to 25 feet towards paint container. The material then should readily wipe off. Note: Heat can fuse -dry overspray to surfaces. Always clean dry overspray from hot surfaces before fusing occurs. Be aware that exterior surface temperatures can be higher than air temperature. o Values may vary with color. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLERS LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIESTHAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONQUENTIAL LOSS 3-IALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. 68003timeteEhe ItnsatIty, Maim 641201372 1-80( fT'E/1£I Fac 1-8164833969 wvw>tnereourn © S3{farbe-2011bglerrtL.m, Inc FESI029 133ge2 cf 2 • • • Tip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat'I Hose ID Manifold Filter 0.013%0.017" 2000-3000 psi 1/4" or 3/8" 60 mesh I I. „ 330-439 rpicr ns (,138-207 bar 16.4 or 9. mm L. (250 microns) Note: On projects involving spray equipment being used over consecutive days, follow Cleanup Instructions below and then leave xylol in the system ovemight, flushing thoroughly with clean water before each start-up. Roller: Use 3/8" (6.4 mm) synthetic woven nap roller cover. Brush: Use high quality nylon or synthetic bristle brushes. Note: Floetrol may be used at up to 32 ounces per gallon for improved application properties. Dry -fall and cure properties may be affected. For more information, contact Tnemec Technical Service. 3JfAEEVRE01AE Minimum 40°F (4°C) Maximum 120°F (49°C) The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. UMNIP Flush and dean all equipment immediately after use with water, then use alcohol or Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) on any dried portions. 011701 Dry overspray can be wiped or washed from most surfaces Satisfactory dry -fall performance depends upon height of work, weather conditions and equipment adjustment. Low temperature and high humidity are of particular concem. Test for each application as follows: Spray from 15 to 25 feet towards paint container. The material then should readily wipe off. Note: Heat can fuse -dry overspray to surfaces. Always clean dry overspray from hot surfaces before fusing occurs. Be aware that exterior surface temperatures can be higher than air temperature. o Values may vary with color. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLERS LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIESTHAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONQUENTIAL LOSS 3-IALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. 68003timeteEhe ItnsatIty, Maim 641201372 1-80( fT'E/1£I Fac 1-8164833969 wvw>tnereourn © S3{farbe-2011bglerrtL.m, Inc FESI029 133ge2 cf 2 • • • TNEMEc CHIVBULEY GEBICCESRPTCN QIIIIMWl6�C' E RN9i I.,1 ISI -i,.. Modified Polyamidoamine Epoxy High -build coating with superior wetting for marginally prepared rusty steel and tightly adhering old coatings. Excellent abrasion-, chemical- and corrosion -resistance. Perfect foundation for aliphatic -polyurethanes. NOT FOR IMMERSION SERVICE. DC74 Off -White, 1243 Metallic Aluminum and more: refer to Tnemec Color Guide, Note: Epoxies chalk with extended exposure to sunlight. Lack of ventilation, incomplete mixing, miscatalyzation or the use of heaters that emit carbon dioxide and carbon monoxide during application and initial stages of curing may cause yellowing to occur. Semigloss Extensive test data available. Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results. FRNEiS TOI;YIS Reel: Self -priming Galvanized Red and Non -Ferrous Metal: Self -priming Series 6, 30, 35, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 73, 84, 104, 115, 161, 1028, 1029, 1070, 1071, 1072, 1074, 1074U, 1075 1075U. Note: When topcoating with Endura -Shield polyurethane finish, exterior exposed Series 135 has the following maximum time to recoat: Series 73, 1074/1074U or 1075/1075U, 60 days. Series 1070, 1071 or 1072, 14 days. If these times are exceeded, an epoxy intermediate coat or scarification is required before topcoating. Refer to appropriate topcoat data sheet for additional information. SIE L GLUAIEEDSEIL&N:N Abrasive blast cleaning to SSGSP6/NACE 3 generally produces the best coating performance. If conditions will not permit this Series 135 may be applied to SPC -P2 or T3 Hand or Power Tool Cleaned surfaces Surface preparation recommendations will vary depending on substrate and exposure conditions Contact your Tnemec representative or Tnemec Technical Services. Test patch is recommended. Must be dean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. VOLUMES OLIDS DFf GAMINE HIES THEORETICAL COVERAGE NINEER:F07ORNNE MIXINGR ATIO R OGnPG NERNKHTFERYILICN STORAGETEM PERATURE INFERVEREISINC E SHELF LIFE 84.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) t Conventional Build: 4.0 to 6.0 mils (100 to 150 microns) per coat. Hi -Build: 7.0 to 9.0 mils (180 to 230 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative. Temperature To Touch To Handle To Recoat 75°F (24°C) 6 hours at 5.0 mils DFT (125 microns) 18 hours 24 hours Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. EPA Method 24 Unthinned: 0.72 Ibs/gallon (86 grams/litre) Thinned 15%(No. 19 Thinner): 1.91 lbs/gallon (229 grams/litre) Thinned 15%(No. 18 Thinner): 2.05Ibs/gallon (246 grams/litre) Thinned 15% (No. 62 Thinner): 0.721bs/gallon (86 grams/litre) 1- Unthinned: Unthinned: 1.29 lbs/gal solids Thinned 15% (No. 19 Thinner): 2.54 Ibslgal solids Thinned 15% (No. 18 Thinner): 1.29 lbs/gal solids 1,347 mil sq fugal (33.1 re at 25 microns). See APPLICATION for coverage rates. -I- Two: Two: Part A and Part B By volume: Four (Part A) to one (Part B) Five -Gallon Kit: Consists of four gallons of Part A in a five -gallon pail and one gallon of Part B in a one -gallon can. When mixed, yields five gallons (18.9L). One -Gallon Kit: Consists of a partially filled one -gallon can of Part A and a partially filled one -quart can of Part B. When mixed, yields one gallon (3.79L). Series 135: 12.30 ± 0.25 lbs (5.58 ± .11 kg) (mixed) 135-1243: 11.52±0.25lbs (5.23±.11 kg) (mixed) t Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 120°F (49°C) (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C) 24 months at recommended storage temperature. Part A:75°F(25°C) Part B: 201°F (94°C) Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product. Keep out of the reach of children. © (lobe 3q 200E4Trrareca, Inc Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com dlobobobould be referenceeeed fofofofor tttthe mmmmost wroromrrenhht t teeeechhhhnical data andddd instrtrtrtructi0000ns 0000r yoyoyoyou may conbnbnbntact yougougouyour Tnemeeeec reppppresenbhhtative for current Pagel cf 2 FRO ff D, O-Eff 0-flMBI1117 1 SEFES135 Conventional Build (Spray, Brush or Roller High -Build (Spray Only) Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m'/Gal) Suggested 5.0 (125) 6.0 (150) 269 (25.0) Minimum 4.0 (100) 5.0 (125) 337 (31.3) Maximum 6.0 (150) 7.0 (180) 224 (20.8) High -Build (Spray Only) Note: Can be spray applied at 7.0 to 9.0 mils (180 to 230 microns) DFT per coat when extra protection or the elimination of a coat is desired. Can be sprayed at 4.0 to 6.0 mils (100 to 150 microns) DFT per coat for use in systems requiring a conventional build. Brush or roller will normally achieve the 4.0 mil (100 microns) minimum for conventional build application. However, under certain conditions some colors may require two coats to achieve suggested film thickness. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. 1 - WOG MPG Power mix contents of each container, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom. Add the contents of the can marked Part B to Part A while under agitation. Continue agitation until the two components are thoroughly mixed. Do not use mixed material beyond pot life limits. Note: Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C), allow mixed material to stand thirty (30) minutes and restir before using. For optimum application properties, blended components should be above 60°F (16°C). I-1NMG For air or airless spray, thin 10% to 15% or 3/4 pint to 1 1/4 pints (380 to 570 mL) per gallon with No. 19 or No. 62 Thinner. For brush or roller, thin 10% to 15% or 3/4 pint to 1 1/4 pints (380 to 570 mL) per gallon with No. 18 or No. 62 Thinner. R7IIJFE 8 hours at 50°F (10"C) 4 hours at 77°F (25°C) 2 hours at 100°F (38°C) APRJOVICNEC IFi1BJf Air Spray Gun Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal (m'/Gal) Suggested 8.0 (205) 9.5 (240) 168 (15.6) Minimum 7.0 (180) 8.5 (215) 192 (17.8) Maximum 9.0 (230) 11.0 (280) 150 (13.9) Note: Can be spray applied at 7.0 to 9.0 mils (180 to 230 microns) DFT per coat when extra protection or the elimination of a coat is desired. Can be sprayed at 4.0 to 6.0 mils (100 to 150 microns) DFT per coat for use in systems requiring a conventional build. Brush or roller will normally achieve the 4.0 mil (100 microns) minimum for conventional build application. However, under certain conditions some colors may require two coats to achieve suggested film thickness. Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. 1 - WOG MPG Power mix contents of each container, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom. Add the contents of the can marked Part B to Part A while under agitation. Continue agitation until the two components are thoroughly mixed. Do not use mixed material beyond pot life limits. Note: Both components must be above 50°F (10°C) prior to mixing. For application to surfaces between 50°F to 60°F (10°C to 16°C), allow mixed material to stand thirty (30) minutes and restir before using. For optimum application properties, blended components should be above 60°F (16°C). I-1NMG For air or airless spray, thin 10% to 15% or 3/4 pint to 1 1/4 pints (380 to 570 mL) per gallon with No. 19 or No. 62 Thinner. For brush or roller, thin 10% to 15% or 3/4 pint to 1 1/4 pints (380 to 570 mL) per gallon with No. 18 or No. 62 Thinner. R7IIJFE 8 hours at 50°F (10"C) 4 hours at 77°F (25°C) 2 hours at 100°F (38°C) APRJOVICNEC IFi1BJf Air Spray Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat'I Hose ID Atomizin 9 Pot Pressure DeVilbiss JGA E 070„ 765 or 704 5/16" or 3/8" (7.9 or 9.5 mm) 3/8" or 1/2" (9.5 or 12.7 mm) 70-90 (4.8 6.2 bar ) 1.4x2 10 psi bar ( ) s or longer hoses require higher po pressure. Airless Spray Tip Orifice Atomizing Pressure Mat'I Hose ID Manifold Filter 0.017"-0.021" 3000-4200 psi 1/4" or 3/8" 60 mesh (430-535 microns) (207-290 bar) (6.4 or 9.5 mm) (250 microns) Use appropnatetip/atomizing pressure for equipment, applicator technique and weather conditions. Note: Series 135-1243 must be applied by brush or roller to achieve aluminum appearance. For spray application, contact your Tnemec representative. Roller: Use 3/8" or 1/2" (9.5 mm or 12.7 mm) synthetic woven nap covers. Brush: Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes. aFFAETWEBALRE Minimum 50°F (10°C) Maximum 135°F (57°C) The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Note: Amine blush may develop during cure if the surface temperature drops below the minimum, particularly under high humidity. Blush must be removed prior to topcoating; contact your Tnemec representative. Q81NIB Flush and dean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEX. Values may vary with color. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLERSLIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSFD OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIESTHAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to exist and the exclusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONMQUENTIAL LOSB 9-IALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coding and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. 6800dipacteDt e Kansa/, Mara 641201372 1-80C11' vE1 Fat 1-8164833969 wwwtrl&rexa'n © Qtabt 3q 2004T , Irc Ft8135 FBge2 cf 2 • 1 C GIBEFICCESRPTEN CIZ1116WLIS0G E RNBi r±c�'aa ii INEAE .fFA C FUROR' Advanced Thermoset Solution Fluoropolymer A high -solids fluoropolymer coating that provides an ultra -durable finish with user friendly brush, roll and conventional spray application. It has outstanding color and gloss retention even in the most severe exposures. Under certain conditions, it may be used to restore aged fluoropolymer coil applied coatings Contact Tnemec Technical &rvices or your local Tnemec representative for details. Refer to Tnemec Color Guide. Note: Certain colors may require multiple coats depending on method of application and finish coat color. The preceding coat should be in the same color family, but noticeably different. Upon selection of the finish coat color (ries 1071), the intermediate coat color will be selected by Tnemec's color lab. Semi -gloss Contact your Tnemec representative for specific test results. Series 1, 27, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 90-97, H90-97, 91-H20, 94-H20, 135, 161, 394. Note: Series 1 and 394 require an intermediate coat prior to topcoating with Series 1071. Series 73, 750, 1075, 1075U (Intermediate coat may be required for some applications, please contact Tnemec.) Note: When topcoating with Series 1071, the following maximum recoat times apply: Over 27, 66, L69, L69F, N69, N69F, V69, V69F, 135 or 161, 14 days; over itself, 30 days; over 750, 45 days; over 73, 90-97, 91-H20, 94-H20, 1075 and 1075U, 90 days. BCRE See primer product data sheet for surface preparation recommendation. AL19JfAES Must be clean, dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants. VOLUMES OLIDS REtM16MIDDR' QRNGIINE HA PS THEORETICALC OVERAGE MIXINGR ATIO FIKKAJPG NETWEIGHTPER GALLON STORAGETEMPE RATURE E SHELF LIFE FLASHPOINT 60.0 ± 2.0% (mixed) t 2.0 to 3.0 mils (50 to 75 microns) per coat. Note: Number of coats and thickness requirements will vary with substrate, application method and exposure. Contact your Tnemec representative. Temperature To Touch To Handle Minimum Recoat $ 90°F (32°C) 10 minutes 4 hours 5-8 hours 70°F (21°C) 30 minutes 6-8 hours 10-12 hours 50°F (10°C) 1 hour 12-15 hours 16-24 hours $ Maximum recoat: 30 days. Curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity and film thickness. Note: For faster curing and low-temperature applications, add No. 44-710 Urethane Accelerator, see separate product data sheet. EPA Method 24 t. Unthinned: 2.65Ibs/gallon (317 grams/ litre) Thinned 5% (No. 63 Thinner): 2.82 Ibs/gallon (338 grams/litre) Unthinned: 3.93 lbs/gal solids 962 mil sq fugal (23.6 m'/L at 25 microns). t Two: Part A and Part B lay vVlul l lc. I TVG kr-all ll) Ill VI C V --Illi 1.31 PART A PART B Yield (mixed) Medium Kit 5 gallon pail partially filled 1/2 gallon pail 3 gallons (11.35L) Small Kit 1 gallon can partially filled 1 quart can partially filled 1 gallon (3.79L) 11.59 ± 0.25 lbs (5.26 t .11 kg) (mixed) t Minimum 20°F (-7°C) Maximum 110°F (43°C) (Dry) Continuous 250°F (121°C) Intermittent 275°F (135°C) 12 months at recommended storage temperature. Part A: 81°F (27°C) Part B: 130°F (54°C) Paint products contain chemical ingredients which are considered hazardous. Read container label warning and Material Safety Data Sheet for important health and safety information prior to the use of this product. Keep out of the reach of children. © Globe 1Q 2012affiEnt&Th, Inc Published technical data and instructions are subject to change without notice. The online catalog at www.tnemec.com shobobobould be referenceeecd fofofofor tttthe moimmost curommrrenhhht teeeeo hhhnical data andddd instrtjWucti0000ns 0000r yoyoyoyou may conbnbnbntact youyoupouyour Tnemeeeec reppppresenhhbtative for current Pagel cf 2 fT:'(lRCI D/AA3-EE Fug 1 sEES1071 GDERGEMES Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. t M.AM3 Stir contents of the container marked Part A, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom. Add the contents of the can marked Part B to Part A while under agitation. Continue agitation until the two components are thoroughly mixed. Do not use mixed material beyond pot life limits. Caution: Part B is moisture -sensitive and will react with atmospheric moisture. Keep unused material tightly closed at all times. 1 Il MO For air spray, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with No. 63 Thinner. For roller, thin 3% to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with No. 63 Thinner. Thinning is required for proper application. Caution: Do not add thinner if more than thirty (30) minutes have elapsed after mixing. Fi7IIIFE 5 hours at 50°F (10°C) 2 hours at 70°F (21°C) 1 hour at 90°F (32°C) /IPRJDAG»1B JPNBJf Air Spray Gun Dry Mils (Microns) Wet Mils (Microns) Sq Ft/Gal OW/ Gal) Suggested 2.5 (65) 4.0 (100) 385 (35.8) Minimum 2.0 (50) 3.5 (90) 481 (44.7) Maximum 3.0 (75) 5.0 (125) 321 (29.8) Allow for overspray and surface irregularities. Film thickness is rounded to the nearest 0.5 mil or 5 microns. Application of coating below minimum or above maximum recommended dry film thicknesses may adversely affect coating performance. t M.AM3 Stir contents of the container marked Part A, making sure no pigment remains on the bottom. Add the contents of the can marked Part B to Part A while under agitation. Continue agitation until the two components are thoroughly mixed. Do not use mixed material beyond pot life limits. Caution: Part B is moisture -sensitive and will react with atmospheric moisture. Keep unused material tightly closed at all times. 1 Il MO For air spray, thin up to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with No. 63 Thinner. For roller, thin 3% to 5% or 1/4 pint (190 mL) per gallon with No. 63 Thinner. Thinning is required for proper application. Caution: Do not add thinner if more than thirty (30) minutes have elapsed after mixing. Fi7IIIFE 5 hours at 50°F (10°C) 2 hours at 70°F (21°C) 1 hour at 90°F (32°C) /IPRJDAG»1B JPNBJf Air Spray Gun Fluid Tip Air Cap Air Hose ID Mat'I Hose ID Agtomizin Pot Pressure DeVilbiss JGA E 704 or 765 5/16" or 3/8" (7.9 or 9.5 mm) (9 b arr1 / 2 mmJ 75-90 psi (5.2-6.2 bar) 10-20 psi (0.7-1.4 bar) Luw icnINcr . wcaNNivFn laic uNr ar�n nuny Nrca�urc wi cywNnicrn, applicator technique and weather conditions. Roller: Use 1/4" or 3/8" (6.4 mm or 9.5 mm) synthetic woven nap cover. Do not use medium or long nap roller covers. Brush: Use high quality natural or synthetic bristle brushes. Contact Tnemec Company for information on electrostatic application. aFFREEMEARRE Minimum 40°F (4°C) Maximum 120°F (49°C) The surface should be dry and at least 5°F (3°C) above the dew point. Cure time necessary to resist direct contact with moisture at surface temperature: 40°F (4°C): 44 hours 50°F (10°C): 21 1/2 hours 60°F (16°C) 11 hours 70°F (21°C): 7 hours 80°F (27°C): 5 hours 90°F (32°C): 3 1/2 hours ....._ may develop. Actual times will vary with air movement, film thickness and humidity. QF3WI9 Flush and dean all equipment immediately after use with the recommended thinner or MEK. ❑ Values may vary with color. WARRANTY & LIMITATION OF SELLERS LIABILITY: Tnemec Company, Inc. warrants only that its coatings represented herein meet the formulation standards of Tnemec Company, Inc. THE WARRANTY DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE PARAGRAPH SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FfTNESSFORA PARTICULARPURPOSE THERE ARE NO WARRANTIESTHAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. The buyer's sole and exclusive remedy against Tnemec Company, Inc. shall be for replacement of the product in the event a defective condition of the product should be found to east and the exdusive remedy shall not have failed its essential purpose as long as Tnemec is willing to provide comparable replacement product to the buyer. NO OTHER REMEDY (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS. LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY, ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONgQUENTIAL LOS 3-IALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE BUYER Technical and application information herein is provided for the purpose of establishing a general profile of the coating and proper coating application procedures. Test performance results were obtained in a controlled environment and Tnemec Company makes no claim that these tests or any other tests, accurately represent all environments. As application, environmental and design factors can vary significantly, due care should be exercised in the selection and use of the coating. 68000bpid Dite Kansagty, Mss)un 641201372 1-80MINECI Fac 1-8164833969 wuwaremorrm © QJt a 1q 2012y1serta0, Irc FE81071 F:13ge2d2 • • • TNErif( COMPANY INCORPORATED 8800 CORPOAAIE DRIVE KANSAS (II'l, MG 6412U-1372 TEL 818.483.3400 FAX 816.483.3969 Vi l a_INFME:.LGM TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM SAMPLE FLUORONAR COLOR & GLOSS • • Page 1 of4 Notice: submittal ofa Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authorisation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. LIMITED WARRANTY No. ting Degrepf Rusting on Painted Surfaces" for a period of five (5) years from substantial completion date or corrode in excess of additional 0.5% peryearforbalance ofthewarranty coverage period. 1.3 Change co r in excess of 5 DE Hunter units as determined in accordance with ASTM D 2244 by comparing the affected exposed c ing cleaned with water and a soft cloth with unexposed Original Project Color Standards (see Item 3.7 below) to be maintairid by Tnemecand the Owner. III 1.4 ExhibitlosEfgloss inexcess of24 units as measured byag loss meter inaccordance with ASTMD523-89 with 60 degree geometry 1.5 Chalk in exss ofa rating of 8 as measured in accordance with ASTM D4214, Method A. 2.0 LENGTH OF GTOVERAGE Warranty coverage shall be effective for a period of fifteen (15)years beginning on the substantial completion date identified in Section 8.0 ofthis warranty orbeginninNix (6) months following commencement of painting, whichevercomes first. 3.0 CONDITIONSA This warranty is contingeri�F�pon the following conditions: 3.1 Coverage tfider this warranty is contingent upon formal Owner acceptance by signature on an advance draft of the warranty priorto commencementofpainting. 3.2 The coatings applicator shall be experienced in the application of coatings of similar generic type and whose qualifications shall be acceptable to Tnemec. 3.3 The InAtemittsfthrispplied to properly prepared substrates in conformance with Tnemec Company's most recent productdatasheetinstructionsandlabel directions. Tnemec Company, 3.4 Substitution of finish colors not listed in Section 9.0 of this warranty will require prior written consent ofTnemec. Inc. (Tnemec) 3.5 Only Tnemec products, including thinners, are to be used. Use of any non-Tnemec product in whole orin partwithout prior hereby warrants to written consent ofTnemecshallinvalida(lrisev)itrer7igemeccoatingsystem(Coatings)usedin conjunction with the painting ofthestructureii 1.0 WARRANTY 3.6 ATnemec Representative shall be permitted to observe any and all aspects ofthe surface preparation and Coatings COVERAGE application work at any and all such times as may be requested by Tnemec. 3.7 The Owner or Owner's designated representative shall arrange to have the coatings applicator prepare and field apply the Tnemechereby complete specified coating systemtoa minimum ofsix (6) sample panels (to besupplied by Tnemec-size 3" x6'orlarger) warrantsthatthe of each finish color identified in Section 9.0 of this warranty. The six (6) field applied sample panels of each finish color shall Coatings identified in be airdried fora minimum of seven (7)days and shipped to TnemecCompany priortofinal acceptance of the Worl<for Section 9.0 ofthis verification of color accuracy and storage as the Original Project Color and GlossStandardsfortheduration ofthewarranty warranty shall not: coverage. Upon completion oftheproject, Tnemec shallforwardthe signed Warrantydocumentalong with two (2)panels of 1.1 Check, each finish colortothe Ownerfor retention bythe Ownerandshall return two(2) panels of each finish colortothe coatings crack, applicator. These procedures are required in ordertovalidate the colorand gloss coverage (Items 1.3 and 1.4 above) under blister or this warranty. delaminat te eom • the substrate. 1.2 Allow thesu bstrat e tocorr ode inexce ss of 1% of the surfac e areab eingco ated as measu red inacco rdanc e with ASTM D 610- 95 "Stand and Test Metho III d for Notice: submittal ofa Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty Evalua without expressed authori_ation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. • • • TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM LIMITED WARRANTY No. SAMPLE 3.0 CONDITIONS (continued) 3.8 In the event of a claim against this warranty, Tnemec shall have the right to perform such inspections and/or tests of the coated structure as Tnemec deems necessary to determine whether a Coatings failure is covered by the warranty described above. 3.9 The results of all tests identified in Section 1.0 above shall be the average of three (3) readings taken from each affected area. 3.10 Tnemecmustreceive full and timely paymentofall Tnemec invoices related tothis project. 4.0 EXCLUSIONS This warranty does not coverany failure resulting from or related to: 4.1 Improper or incomplete surface preparation, inadequate or excessive film thickness, or defects due to faulty construction, design or materials (other than the Tnemec coating system itself). 4.2 Substrate deterioration or paintfilm failure due to skips, misses, pinholes orother holidaysinthe paint film. 4.3 Application of Tnemec products over preexisting primers, coatings or surfacing materials of another manufacturerwithout the priorwritten consent ofTnemec. 4.4 Application of Tnemec products during inclement weather conditions. 4.5 Crevice corrosion and resultant rust staining of adjacent painted surfaces from areas inaccessible for proper surface preparation and coating application through normal field painting practices including, but not limited to uncaulked back-to- backangles, substrate overlaps, bolted and/or riveted connections, seams, skip -welds, etc. 4.6 Exposure to heat in excess of normal ambient exterior temperatures. 4.7 Harmful chemicals, fumes or vapors, unless specifically agreed upon by Tnemec in writing. 4.8 Vandalism or physical abuse. 4.9 Negligence or lack of proper maintenance a nd repair ofthe coated structure. 4.10 Any acts or omissions of contractor. 4.11 Significant change in the use ofthe coated structure. 5.0 SITUATIONS NOT WARRANTED In addition to the exclusions above, thiswarrantyis subjectto force majeure and is contingent upon acts which are beyond the reasonable control of the party from which performance is required, including, but not limited to fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane, tomado, damaging hail, lightning strike or other Acts of God; acts of war, riot, explosion, terrorist activity or other catastrophic events. 6.0 REPORTING OF CLAIM Any claim underthiswarranty must bepresentedtoandreceived by Tnemec during therespective warranty period set forth above. Any such claim must be made in writing within sixty (60)days from the date whereupon the Ownerfirst becomes aware thatthe Coatings have failed to conform to the warranty set forth herein. Written notice of the claim should be sent to: Tnemec Company, Inc., 6800 Corporate Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372; Attention: Warranty Administrator. 7.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY THE WARRANTY AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. THE OWNERS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST TNEMEC COMPANY AND THE SOLE PURPOSE FOR THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE FOR REPLACEMENT OF THE COATING MATERIALS IN THE EVENT THE MATERIALS FAIL TO CONFORM TO THIS WARRANTY AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL NOT HAVE FAILED ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE AS LONG AS TNEMEC IS WILLING TO PROVIDE COMPARABLE REPLACEMENT COATING MATERIALS TO THE OWNER. TNEMEC'S LIABILITYUNDERTHISWARRANTYSHALLUNDERNOCIRCUMSTANCESEXTENDBEYONDFURNISHINGTOTHEOWNER,ATTHEPROJECTADDRESSSETFORTH, SUFFICIENT COMPARABLE TNEMEC PRODUCTS FOR REPAIR OF THE AFFECTED AREA(S). THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF REPLACEMENT COATING MATERIAL OR REPAIR LABOR. TNEMEC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY (INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURE OR ITS CONTENTS), ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES, OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. No REMEDY FOR SUCH DAMAGES SHALLBEAVAILABLETOTHE OWNER. Page2of4 Notice: submittal ofa Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf ofTnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authori_ation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. LIMITED WARRANTY No. TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM 8.0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION PROJECT: Spectrum Field OWNER: ARCHITECT/ENGINEER: COATINGS APPLICATOR: TNEMEC SALES REPRESENTATIVE: City of Clearwater McCarthy and Associates TBD FPCCI / Stensrud WARRANTY FEE: Not Applicable SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: (tobedetermined) WARRANTY EXPIRATION DATE: ftobe determined) SAMPLE 9.0 COATING SYSTEMS Substrate: Galvanized Steel Surface Preparation: Remove Existing Coatings / Scarify Surface First Coat: Series 66[Note: colorto be specified by Tnemec] @2.5-3.5mils DFT Finish Coat: Series 1071 Fluoronar (R4418 Fireweed) @ 2.0-3.0 dry mils *Note: Number of coats shown above are based on spray application. If applied by roller or brush, additional coats may be necessaryto achieve the required film thicknesses and satisfactory hiding with the finish color. 10.0 GEOGRAPHIC SCOPE The foregoing warranty shall apply only with respectto structureslocated within the United Statesand Canada. 11.0 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER This warranty is made to the Owner only and is not assignable or transferable by the Owner, whether or not such transferor assignment is made in connection with the transfer or sale of the structure without the prior written consent of Tnemec, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Page3of4 Notice: submittal ofa Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authorization by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. • • • • • • TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM LIMITED WARRANTY No. SAMPLE In witness hereof, the parties hereto, by their authorized signatures, have executed this Warranty: TNEMEC COMPANY, INC. (OWNER'S NAME) By: (to be siqnedupon completion) By: (tobeco-signeduponcompletion) Jason Stoner Warranty Administrator Date: Date: (print name) (title) Page4 of4 Notice: submittal ofa Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authorization by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. TNEMEl (OMP4l4 I (EOR O1 TED 6800 CORPORATE HEM 6ANSAS (I1, MO 64126 13/2 TEL 811483.3400 /80 818.483-3'969 WWW 1NEME(.E€0M 4' N P: M 1 E: TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM SAMPLE FLUORONAR COLOR & GLOSS Pagel of4 Notice: submittal of a Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authorisation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. • ting DegrejirUf Rusting on Painted Surfaces" for a period of five (5) years from substantial completion date or corrode in excess of additional 0.5% per yearfor balance of the warranty coverage period. 1.3 Change co r in excess of 5 DE Hunter units as determined in accordance with ASTM D 2244 by comparing the affected exposed c ing cleaned with water and a soft cloth with unexposed Original Project Color Standards (see Item 3.7 below) to be maintairid by Tnemecand the Owner. 1.4 ExhibitlosEfgloss inexcess of 24 units as measured byagloss meter inaccordance with ASTMD523-89 with 60 degree geometry r. 1.5 Chalk in ess ofa rating of 8 as measured in accordancewith ASTM D42 14, Method A. 2.0 LENGTH OF GTOVERAGE Warranty coverage shall be effective for a period of fifteen (15)years beginning on the substantial completion date identified in Section 8.0 ofthiswarrantyorbeginninNix (6) monthsfollowing commencementofpainting, whichevercomesfirst. 3.0 CONDITIONSAI� This warranty is contingerliF�iip�on the following conditions: 3.1 Coverage Kier this warranty is contingent upon formal Owner acceptance by signature on an advance draft of the warranty LIMITED priortocommencementofpainting. 3.2 The coatings applicator shall be experienced in the application of coatings of similar generic type and whose qualifications WARRANTY shall be acceptable to Tnemec. No. 3.3 The lnAmisJttppliedtoproperlypreparedsubstratesinconformancewithTnemecCompany'smostrecent product data sheet instructionsand label directions. Tnemec Company, 3.4 Substitution offinish colors not listed in Section 9.0 of this warranty will require prior written consent ofTnemec. Inc. (Tnemec) 3.5 Only Tnemec products, including thinners, are to be used. Use of any non-Tnemecproductin whole orin partwithout prior hereby warrants to written consent of Tnemecshall invalidatalviseOreffiyemec coating system (Coatings) used in conjunction with the painting ofthe structureic 1.0 WARRANTY 3.6 ATnemec Representative shall be permitted to observe any and all aspects ofthe surface preparation and Coatings COVERAGE application work at any and all such times as may be requested by Tnemec. 3.7 The Owner or Owner's designated representative shall arrange to have the coatings applicator prepare and field apply the Tnemechereby complete specified coating systemtoa minimum of six(6)sample panels (to besupplied by Tnemec-size3"x6"orlarger) warrantsthatthe of each finish coloridentified in Section 9.0 of this warranty. The six (6) field applied sample panels of each finish color shall Coatings identified in be airdried fora minimum of seven (7)days and shippedtoTnemecCompany priortofinal acceptance oftheWorkfor Section 9.0 of this verification of color accuracy and storage as the Original Project Colorand GlossStandards forthe duration ofthewarranty warrantyshallnot: coverage. Upon completionofthe project, Tnemecshallforwardthesigned Warrantydocumentalong withtwo (2)panels of 1.1 Check, each finish colortothe Owner for retention bythe Ownerandshall return two(2) panels of each finish colortothe coatings crack, applicator. These procedures are required in ordertovalidatethecolorand gloss coverage (Items 1.3 and 1.4 above) under this warranty. blister or • delaminat e from the substrate. 1.2 Allow thesu bstrat e tocorr ode inexce ss of 1% of the surfac e areab eingco ated as measu red inacco rdanc e with ASTM D 610- 95 "Stand and • Test Metho d for Notice: submittal of a Sample Warranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty Evalua without expressed authorcation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. LIMITED WARRANTY No. TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM SAMPLE 3.0 CONDITIONS (continued) 3.8 In the event of a claim against this warranty, Tnemec shall have the right to perform such inspections and/or tests of the coated structure as Tnemec deems necessary to determine whether a Coatings failure is covered by the warranty described above. 3.9 The results of all tests identified in Section 1.0 above shall be the average of three (3) readings taken from each affected area. 3.10 Tnemec must receive full and timely paymentof all Tnemecinvoices related tothis project. 4.0 EXCLUSIONS This warranty does not cover any failure resulting from or related to: 4.1 Improper or incomplete surface preparation, inadequate or excessive film thickness, or defects due to faulty construction, design or materials (other than the Tnemec coating system itself). 4.2 Substrate deterioration orpaintfflm failure dueto skips, misses, pinholes or other holidays in the paintfilm. 4.3 ApplicationofTnemecproductsoverpreexistingprimers,coatingsorsurfacingmaterialsofanothermanufacturerwithoutthe priorwritten consent ofTnemec. 4.4 Application of Tnemec products during inclement weather conditions. 4.5 Crevice corrosion and resultant rust staining of adjacent painted surfaces from areas inaccessible for proper surface preparation and coating application through normal field painting practices including, but not limited to uncaulkedback-to- backangles, substrate overlaps, bolted and/or riveted connections, seams, skip -welds, etc. 4.6 Exposure to heat in excess of normal ambient exterior temperatures. 4.7 Harmful chemicals, fumes or vapors, unless specifically agreed upon by Tnemec in writing. 4.8 Vandalism or physical abuse. 4.9 Negligence or lack of proper maintenance and repairofthe coated structure. 4.10 Any acts or omissions of contractor. 4.11 Significant change in the use of the coated structure. 5.0 SITUATIONS NOT WARRANTED In addition to the exclusions above, thiswarranty is subjecttoforce majeure and is contingent upon actswhich are beyond the reasonable control of the party from which performance is required, including, but not limited to fire, flood, earthquake, hurricane, tomado, damaging hail, lightning strike orotherActs of God; acts ofwar, riot, explosion, terrorist activity or other catastrophic events. 6.0 REPORTING OF CLAIM Any claim underthiswarranty must bepresentedtoandreceived by Tnemec during therespective warranty period set forth above. Any such claim must be made in writing within sixty (60) days from the date whereupon the Owner first becomes aware thatthe Coatings have failed to conform to the warranty set forth herein. Written notice of the claim should be sent to: Tnemec Company, Inc., 6800 Corporate Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64120-1372; Attention: Warranty Administrator. 7.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY THE WARRANTY AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THAT EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. THE OWNERS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST TNEMEC COMPANY AND THE SOLE PURPOSE FOR THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE FOR REPLACEMENT OF THE COATING MATERIALS IN THE EVENT THE MATERIALS FAIL TO CONFORM TO THIS WARRANTY AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL NOT HAVE FAILED ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE AS LONG AS TNEMEC IS WILLING TO PROVIDE COMPARABLE REPLACEMENT COATING MATERIALS TO THE OWNER. TNEMEC'S LIABILITY U N DERTHIS WARRANTY SHALL U NDERNO CIRCUM STANCESEXTENDBEYOND FURNISHING TOTH E 0 WNER,ATTHEPROJECTADDRESSSETFORTH, SUFFICIENT COMPARABLE TNEMEC PRODUCTS FOR REPAIR OF THE AFFECTED AREA(S). THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF REPLACEMENT COATING MATERIAL OR REPAIR LABOR. TNEMEC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE FOR LOST PROFITS, LOST SALES, INJURY TO PERSON OR PROPERTY (INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURE OR ITS CONTENTS), ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES, OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. No REMEDY FOR SUCH DAMAGES SHALL BEA VAILABLE TO THE OWNER. Page2of4 Notice: submittal of a Sample Warranty for customer review does no) constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authorisation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. • • • • TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM LIMITED WARRANTY No. 8.0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION PROJECT: Spectrum Field OWNER: ARCHITECT/ENGINEER: COATINGS APPLICATOR: TNEMEC SALES REPRESENTATIVE: City of Clearwater McCarthy and Associates TBD FPCCI / Stensrud WARRANTY FEE: NotApplicable SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: (tobedefermined) WARRANTY EXPIRATION DATE: (tobe determined) 9.0 COATING SYSTEMS Substrate: Steel Surface Preparation: SSPC SP -1 /SSPC SP2 orSP3 First Coat: Series 135 @3.0-5.0mils DFT Finish Coat: Series 1071 Fluoronar (R4418 Fireweed) @ 2.0-3.0 dry mils SAMPLE [Note: color to be specified by Tnemec} *Note: Number of coats shown above are based on spray application. If applied by roller or brush, additional coats may be necessary to achieve the required film thicknesses and satisfactory hiding withthefinish color. 10.0 GEOGRAPHIC SCOPE The foregoing warranty shall apply onlywith respecttostructureslocated within the United States and Canada. 11.0 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER This warranty is made to the Owner only and is notassignable or transferable by the Owner, whether or not such transfer or assignment is made in connection with the transfer or sale of the structure without the prior written consent of Tnemec, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Page3of4 Notice: submittal ofa Sample Warrantyfor customer review does not constitute commitment on beha fof Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authorization by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. LIMITED WARRANTY No. TNEMEC WARRANTY PROGRAM SAMPLE In witness hereof, the parties hereto, by their authorized signatures, have executed this Warranty: TNEMEC COMPANY, INC. By: (to besigneduponcompletion) Jason Stoner Warranty Administrator Date: (OWNER'S NAME) By: (tobeco-signedueoncompletion) (print name) (title) Date: Page 4 of4 Notice: submittal of Sample IVarranty for customer review does not constitute commitment on behalf of Tnemec to provide a Warranty without expressed authori_ation by Tnemec in the form of an assigned Limited Warranty Number. • • • SAMPLE 5 YEAR ADHESION WARRANTY (OWNER ACCEPTANCE COPY) [PROJECT NAME] LIMITEDWARRANTY No. TnemecCompany,Inc. (Tnemec) herebywarrantsto (Owner) the Tnemec coating systems (Coatings) used in conjunctionwiththe paintingofthe structureidentifiedhereinunder the followingterms and conditions: 1.0 WARRANTY COVERAGE Tnemec hereby warrants that the Coatings identified herein shall not check, crack, blister or delaminate from the substrate for aperiodoffive (5)years beginningonthe substantial completion date identified inSection 9.0ofthiswarranty orbeginning six (6) months following commencement of painting, whichever comesfirst. 2.0 CONDITIONS This warranty is contingent upon the following conditions 2.1 Coverage under this warranty is contingent upon formal Owner acceptance by signature on an advance draft of the warranty prior to commencement of painting. 2.2 The Tnemec products shall be applied to properly prepared substrates in conformance with Tnemec Company's most recent product data sheet instructions and label directions . 2.3 Only Tnemec products, including thinners,areto beused. Useofanynon-Tnemec product inwhole or inpart without prior written consent of Tnemec shall invalidate this warranty. 2.4 Tnemecmust receivefulland timelypayment ofallTnemec invoices relatedtothis project. 2.5 A Tnemec Representative shall be permitted to observe any and all aspects of the surface preparation and Coatings application work atanyand all such timesasmayberequested byTnemec. 2.6 (optional) The structure shall be inspected bythe Owner or Owner's authorized representative not less than once per annum and any normal maintenance and repairs not covered by this warranty shall be accomplished by the Owner within ninety(90)days oftheinspectiondate, weather permitting. 2.7 Inthe event of a claim against thiswarranty, Tnemec shall have the right to perform such inspections and/or tests of the coated structure as Tnemec deems necessary to determine whether a Coatings failure is covered by the warranty described above. 3.0 EXCLUSIONS FROM WARRANTY Thiswarranty does not cover any failure resulting from or related to: 3.1 Improper or incomplete surface preparation, (optional) application during inclement weather conditions, inadequate or excessive film thickness or defects due to faulty construction , design or materials (other than the Tnemec coating system itself. 3.2 Substrate deterioration orpaintfiim failure due toskips, misses, pinholes orother holidaysinthepaintfilm. 3.3 Application of Tnemec products over preexisting primers, coatings or surfacing materials of another manufacturer without the prior written consent of Tnemec. or(optional) Failure of previously applied coatings to adhere to the substrate. 3.4 (optional)Exposuretoheat in excess ofnormalambientexteriortemperatures. 3.5 Harmful chemicals, fumes orvapors,unless specifically agreed upon by Tnemec in writing. 3.6 Vandalism or physical abuse. 3.7 Negligenceor lack of proper maintenanceandrepair. 3.8 Anyactor omissionofContractor. 3.9 Significant changeinthe use ofthecoated structure. Accepted By: Page 1 of3 signature company name name & title (please print or type) date LIMITEDWARRANTY No. ___-SAMPLE OWNER ACCEPTANCE COPY (Please sign and return lo Tnemec) 4.0 SITUATIONS NOT WARRANTED In addition to the exclusions above, this warranty is subject to force majeure and is contingent upon acts which are beyond the reasonable control of the party from which performance is required. including but not limited to fire flood earthquake. tornado; damaging hail lightning strike orotherActs ofGod: acts ofwa r, riot: explosion, terrorist activity orothercatastrophic events. 5.0 REPORTING OF CLAIM Any claim underthis warranty muss be presented to and received byTnemecduring the respective warranty period set forth above. Any such claim must be made within sixty (60) days from the date whereupon the Owner first becomes aware that the Coatingshavefailedtoconfonntothewarrantysetforthherein. Written notice of the claim should be sent to:TnemecCompany, Inc.. 6800 Corporate Drive KansasCity, Missouri 64120-- 1372; Attention: Warranty Administrator. 6.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY THE WARRANTY AS DESCRIBED HEREIN SHALL BE IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. INCLUDING. BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES THATEXTENDBEYONDTHE DESCRIPTION ONTHE FACE HEREOF. THE OWNER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST TNEMEC COMPANYANDTHE SOLE PURPOSE FORTH'S WARRANTY SHALL BE FOR REPLACEMENTOFTHECOATING MATERIALS INTHEEVENTTHEMATERIALSFAILTOCONFORMTOTHISWARRANTYANDTHE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL NOTHAVE FAILED ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSEAS LONGASTNEMEC !SWILLING TO PROVIDE COMPARABLE REPLACEMENT COATING MATERIALS TO THE OWNER. TNEMEC'S LIABILITY UNDER THIS WARRANTY SHALL UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES EXTEND BEYOND FURNISHING TO THE OWNER; AT THE PROJECT ADDRESS SET FORTH, SUFFICIENT COMPARABLE TNEMEC PRODUCTS FORREPAIROFTHEAFFECTEDAREA(S).THISWARRANTY SHALL NOTINCLUDEINSTALLATION OFREPLACEMENTCOATINGMATERIAL OR REPAIR LABOR. TNEMEC SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY OTHER DAMAGES OFANY KIND; INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE FOR LOST PROFITS: LOST SALES,INJURYTO PERSON OR PROPERTY (INCLUDING DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURE OR ITS CONTENTS), ENVIRONMENTAL INJURIES. OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. No REMEDY FOR SUCH DAMAGES SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE OWNER. 7.0 GEOGRAPHIC SCOPE The foregoing warranty shall apply only with respect to structures located within the United States and Canada. 8.0 LIMITATION ON ASSIGNMENT OR TRANSFER This warranty is made tothe Owner only and is notassignable ortransferable bythe Owner, whether ornotsuchtransfer or assignmentismadeinconnectionwiththetransferorsaleofthestructurewithoutthepriorwritten consent ofTnemec,which shall not be unreasonablywithheld. In witness hereof, the parties hereto, by their authorized signatures, have executed this Warranty: TNEMEC COMPANY, INC. (0AVNER'_SA'A;L/E) B`,'. Itobesigflea upor,compietion) U` (to be co-signed upon completion) Jason Stoner (print name) Warranty Administrator (print title) Date: Date: Accepted By: signature company name Page2of3 name c title (please print or type) date • • • • • • LIMITEDWARRANTY No. -SAMPLE 9.0 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION PROJECT: Spectrum Field Steel Repainting OWN ER: ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PAINTING CONTRACTOR TNEMEC SALES REPRESENTATIVE(S) : WARRANTY FEE: SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: WARRANTY EXPIRATION DATE: City of Clearwater, FL McCarthy and Associates FPCCI t Stensrud NA o be determined) (to bedetermined) OWNER ACCEPTANCE COPY (Please vign and return to Tnernee) 10.0 COATING SYSTEM Substrate: Previously Coating steel decking and beams Surface Prep.: Pressure Wash /SSPC-SP2orSP3 First Coat: 118 @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT_ Second Coat: Third Coat: (if required) (optional) Note:Numberof coats shown above arebasedon spray application. If applied byroller additional coats maybe necessary to achieve the required film thicknesses. 1029 @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT 1029 @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT Accepted By: signature name & title (please print or type) Page 3of3 date SPECTRUM FIELD STEEL REPAINTING DAILY REPORT Today's Date Confirm the following Documents are on Hand Name of Project Foreman Specification Product Data Sheets MSDS No. 1 to be Checked Finish Schedule Description of Areas and Work Performed 2 Time Started 3 Work Scheduled for Today 4 Weather Conditions 5 Relative Humidity 6 Surface Temperature 7 Surface Preparation Performed Today 9 Application Method (Spray, brush, or roller) 10 Thinners Used / And Percent Thinned 11 Verify Material Temperature is within recommended range 12 Primer Gallons applied today • • • • • SPECTRUM FIELD STEEL REPAINTING DAILY REPORT 13 Intermediate Gallons applied today 14 Finish Coat Gallons applied today 15 Verify correct paint system is applied according to specification and in accordance with Supplier requirements. 16 Verify total dry film thickness of Existing Coatings. 17 Verify type and model of D.F.T. instrument. 18 Verify adhesion test (as required). 19 Perform holiday testing (as required). 20 Confirm that final clean-up and excess paint disposal are acceptable. 21 Note any issues / concerns about today's work 22 Verify all excess paint/paint splashes removed from other items and equipment. 23 Comments • Table of Contents APPENDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION ASBESTOS REPORT -GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL 6 PAGES APPLICATION TO QUALIFY FOR BIDDING CLEARWATER CONSTRUCTION PROJECT FORM 3 PAGES SPECTRUM FIELD EVENT SCHEDULE 1 PAGE • • • • • Greenfield Environmental June 6, 2016 City of Clearwater Parks and Recreation Department Mr. Leroy Chin 100 South Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, Florida 33756 RE: REVISED PRE -RENOVATION ASBESTOS SURVEYS AT SELECT AREAS OF BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD LOCATED AT 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD IN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Dear Mr. Chin: Surveys for asbestos -containing materials (ACMs) were conducted on May 30 and June 6, 2016 by EPA accredited inspector Eric Caplan of Greenfield Environmental, Inc. (GE) at select areas of the above-mentioned structure. The purpose of these asbestos surveys were to identify asbestos containing materials at the above-mentioned area prior to upcoming renovation activities. The sampling was conducted for EPA NESHAP compliance prior to renovation activities. GE is a Florida Licensed Asbestos Consulting Firm with a corresponding license number of ZA-0000268. The sampling was performed in accordance with the requirements of Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 763 for suspect AGMs. The EPA regulations require that sample locations be randomly selected. All suspect asbestos -containing materials and PACM (materials presumed to contain asbestos under the OSHA Asbestos Rule, 29 CFR 1910) were identified. The samples collected from the areas were labeled and transported to Air Quality Environmental, Inc. for analysis. Air Quality Environmental, Inc. is a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited laboratory (NVLAP No. 200759-0). Bright House Field was observed to be a baseball complex with several adjoining office areas and public terrace areas. The HVAC system throughout the complex consisted of sheet metal ductwork and metal flexduct. Exterior finishes consisted of rolled roofing materials and EIFS wall finish material. The scope of work for this survey is limited to the stadium roof, EIFS material at select terrace wall areas, HVAC system, stadium boiler and holding tank, and painting projects focused on exterior stairwell railings, concourse overhangs, select exterior doors, exterior fencing, batters eye structure, foul poles, outfield bridge railings, marquis sign pole, backstop poles, second level railings and overhangs, and select galvanized metal water lines and fire lines. 432 3rd Street North, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 • Phone: 727.896.1266 • Fax: 727.896.1566 A total of the twenty one (21) samples were collected from the above mentioned areas. The laboratory analytical results indicated that none of the materials sampled contained asbestos in amounts greater than one percent (1%). As such, no specialized asbestos handling or disposal techniques are required prior to or during repair/renovation activities. Please see the attached Summary of Laboratory Analysis for analytical results and sample locations. GE is pleased to have been of assistance to you on this project and we look forward to working with you in the future. If you have any questions or if we can be of any further service, please do not hesitate to call us at (727) 896-1266. Sincerely, GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. Eric Caplan EPA Accredited Inspector #1109201501 1051-1100 RASLetter Revised Michael W. Rothenburg, PE Florida Licensed Asbestos onsultant #EA -0000041 • • • • SUMMARY OF LABORATORY ANALYSIS BRIGHT HOUSE FIELD - SELECT AREAS LOCATED AT 601 OLD COACHMAN ROAD CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Homo. Area Sample Number Description/ Location Asbestos Content Friability Condition Approx. Quantity 01 01 02 03 Gray Rolled Roofing Material Over Black Mastic Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non- Friable Good 02 04 05 06 White Mastic on Pillar Penetrations Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good 03 07 08 09 Black Mastic on Penetrations Located at Roof Areas Throughout No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good 04 ' 10 11 12 Gray Mastic on Metal Ductwork Seams Located Throughout Facilities HVAC System No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good 05 13 14 15 Tan EIFS Material Located at Select Terrace Area Walls No Asbestos Detected Friable Good 06 16 17 18 White Mastic on Flex Ductwork Seams Located Throughout Facilities HVAC System No Asbestos Detected Non - Friable Good • 07 19 20 21 White Insulation Material at Water Lines Connected to Holding Tank and Water Heater Located at Facilities Boiler Room No Asbestos Detected Friable Good • • CERTIFICATIONS • • verve R.oberts wii.ternAileu,ewtaL T RE!Az, I.3_, g719 t' AveN Sev .v.vY.o ,e, L_ .3.37--7--& _ 5a 3 - n,- Asbatos swrvek Meal,' a vtkal (iKspecter) tv tLaL TraCwi.t e Trai,0114.0 was 'L , acccr avu, w%t`✓! Title c -f T.SC-A, 40 CFR Part y-63,.'nitp(ll p7?(e" �,�c C- to Su p: rt E a ye iz,ie ✓att { xa vt Lv (} Yo _- bate of ao rse; F pi,rLtttOv,- mate 11/() 201 Certi.trate # 1OQ.2015L . Course # F L4 jOOO&31.R vt,S t Yid c to l STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBESTOS LICENSING UNIT (850) 487-1395 1940 NORTH MONROE STREET TALLAHASSEE FL 32399-0783 GREENFIELD ENVIRONMENTAL INC MICHAEL ROTHENBURG 432 3RD STREET NORTH ST. PETERSBURG FL 33701 _ Congratulations! With this license you become one of the nearly one million Floridians licensed by the Department of Business and Professional Regulation. Our professionals and businesses range from architects to yacht brokers, from boxers to barbeque restaurants, and they keep Florida's economy strong. Every day we work to improve the way we do business in order to serve you better. For information about our services, please log onto www.myfloridalicense.com. There you can find more information about our divisions and the regulations that impact you, subscribe to department newsletters and learn more about the Department's initiatives. Our mission at the Department is: License Efficiently, Regulate Fairly. We constantly strive to serve you better so that you can serve your customers. Thank you for doing business in Florida, and congratulations on your new license! RICK SCOTT, -GOVERNOR DETACH HERE STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL REGULATION ASBESTOS LICENSING UNIT STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT. OF BUSINESS AND PROFESS s gGULATION ZA0000268 : 91101201.5 ASBESTOS B GREENFI€LD : MICHAEL ROS' N IS LICENSED undtgrthe pra:Wstons at Ch.469 FS. Expiration data ..NOV 30 2017,.. -L1509100002630 • KEtti.AWBOht; -SECRETARY- _ "IA0000268 Illte ASBESTOS BUSINL SS ORGANIZATION below JS LICENSED Under the pro.V410n s of Chapter 469 FS. Expiration date:- NOV-30, "21)17 ISSUED: 09/10/2015 DISPLAY AS REQUIRED BY LAW SEQ # L1509100002639 •° Clearwater Instructions to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects In order to be eligible to bid for City of Clearwater construction projects a contractor must be prequalified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division. The purpose of pre -qualification is to provide the City with reasonable assurance that your organization has the financial assets, resources, work force and work experience to successfully complete construction contract agreements with the City. If your company is interested in becoming prequalified or wishes to reapply for pre -qualification please fill out the attached application. In order for your application to be considered complete and begin the approval process you will need to submit all of the following items with your application: • A current financial statement completed within the past year (City policy dictates that we return this item to you after the approval process is completed. We do not make copies or retain this financial information. If you submit electronically the file will be deleted following approval.) • Three letters of reference, on the owner's letterhead, written within the past three years, that includes the contractor's performance on a specific project. The letter should include a brief description of the project, start and end dates, dollar amount of contract and owner comments on the quality of workmanship and satisfaction of work completed. • A List of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount, start and completion dates, name and contact information of project owner representative. • A copy of all current contractor licenses, Pre -qualification status lasts for three (3) years from approval date and is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category in conjunction with larger project work. Included in the application are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check categories for which your firm is seeking pre -qualification approval. To receive approval in a particular construction category, your application must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category. This documentation is to be included in your firm's completed project list. In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment, resources, and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient work force or insufficient resources will not be approved for pre -qualification or will not receive pre -qualification in particular work categories* It is the responsibility of the Contractor to confirm pre -qualification status before a bid opening. Please return the application and submittal items to: Construction Specialist City of Clearwater Engineering P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 Or e-mail to: Valerie.craio@lnycleanivater.com If you have any questions during this process please contact the Construction Specialist at 727-562-4509 or e-mail Valerie.craionffnyclearwater.com. Iasi 7/10/14 Application to Qualify for Bidding on Clearwater Construction Projects Contractor Firm Name: Contact Person Name & Title: Mailing Address: Ci Stat Contact Phone Number: E-mail Address: Fax Number: Com • an Website: Js. Type of Organization (Individual, Corporation, Partnership, etc.): Date organization began under present name: Other names and dates organization has existed as: Lis 0 Organization .eadership (President, Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer, Partners, etc.): Contractor's License Number (attach copy): Individual Holding License: issuing Authority: Classification of License: Number of Full time empioyees directly on applicants payroll: Present value and type of all construction and operational equipment directly owned by the applicant (Information may be obtained from most recent financial statement and include long term lea,setpurchase equipment): Value: I 1 Type: 1 Has you fi nn ever failed to complete work awarded to you? If so, where and why? The information in this application and all attachments included with the application is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Organization Name: Print Name and Title: Signature: Date Signed: KM 7/10/14 • • The pre --qualification to bid limitation is an amount of dollars equal to the amount of the largest single construction project which has been successfully completed by the Contractor. • This amount is limited to the particular construction categories in which the Contractor is approved to perform work. • The Contractor may request an adjustment after successfully completing larger construction projects or providing evidence where two or more similar projects were completed by the Contractor at the same time. The combined amount of these simultaneous projects may be more than the largest single project accomplished to increase your bid limit. This amount will be considered as the pre -qualification amount up to an amount equal to 150% of the largest single project amount. • Pre -qualification amounts and categories may be limited as warranted by the City s experience with the Contractor's construction projects. • Please attach a list of major projects active and completed within the past three years. Each project must include the type of work, contract dollar amount start and completion dates, name and contact information of project representative. Largest Single Project COMPLETED: Amount of Contract: Start and End Dates: Type of Work: Owner/Representative: Address: Phone Number: Email Address: • Pre -qualification is limited to particular construction categories or construction activities in which the Contractor has successfully completed construction projects or extensive work in the category as part of larger project work. • To receive approval in a particular construction category your gpplication must contain documentation of successfully completed work experience in that category This documentation is to be included in your firm's attached competed project list. • In addition, your application must exhibit that your firm has sufficient equipment. resources and employees on your firm's direct payroll to complete work as a prime contractor in each approved construction work category. Contractors with an insufficient workforce or resources will not be approved and will not receive pre -qualification in particular work categories, The following are the general categories of construction work which are available for contractor pre - qualification approval by the City of Clearwater. Check all categories for which your firm is seeking pre_-quahflcation agrnroval. Asphaltic Concrete Resurfacing Landscape and Irrigation Bridge Construction and Modification Marine Construction Commercial Buildings Marine Dredging Commercial Swimming Pools Roadway and Parking Lot Construction Concrete Flat Work (curbs, walks, courts, etc.) Sanitary Purrip Station Construction Management Services Sanitary and Storm Sewers De olition Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work X Design Build Storrnwater Management Construction Electrical Tennis Courts Excavation/Site Work Traffic Signalization Fiber Optic Urban Streetscape Gunite Restoration Wastewater & Water Treatment Facilites Horizontal Directional Drilling Water and Force Mains Industrial Fainting X Well Construction Other KI 7/10/14 DATE EVENT Calendar of Events Spectrum Field AREA TIME STAFF NOTES 2017 JULY Tues 7/11 NSA Check In Media Lunchroom 100 3:00-8:00 PM Kemp Tues 7/11 All Star Watch Party - Season Tick Suites/Big Shark 7:00 PM Fri 7/21 Directions for Living Corp Picnic Spectrum Field 10:00-4:00 PM Kemp Activities around concourse AUGUST Mon 8/21 Threshers Golf Tournament East Lake Woodlands 12:30 PM SEPTEMBER Kemp Tues 9/12 Clearwater Gas Vistage Meeting Party Suites 8:00-5:00 PM Kemp breakfast & lunch Wed 9/13 OCTOBER Clearwater Gas Meeting Party Suites 8:00-5:00 PM Kemp breakfast & lunch Sat 10/7 Hops for Hospice Beer Festival Spectrum Field 4:00-8:00 PM Kemp Sat 10/28 ALZ Walk Spectrum Field 8:00-12:00 N Kemp Mon 10/31 Boo Bash Spectrum Field 5:30-8:30 PM NOVEMBER 11/5-11/18 MSBL Fall Classic DECEMBER SF & Carpenter Kemp Sat 12/9 Coastal Charity Challenge Spectrum Field 11:00-3:00 PM Kemp • • • Plan List Spectrum Field Structural Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel SECTION IV SUBSECTION 0006 - PLAN LIST SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL REPAIRS AND PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL McCARTHY PROJECT NO. M15304 Sheet # Description SR -1 Cover Sheet SR -2 Lower Level Plan SR -3 Main Concourse Plan SR -4 Suite Level Plan SR -5 Details SR -6 Details McCarthy Project No. M15304 �SiTE uOGATION SITE 'LOCATOR FLA NTS \- Si -FE LOGA'"ION AERIAL V.EY' STRUCTURAL DRAWING IND!% 5R-1 PROJECT GR! :4. LO0A00R OAP ANS AER:A:_0! 92-2 :.c40R LE/'i',. PII AN 09,3 4,5 ccvL. '1 0 ?LAS ,011T:I,011T:LEVL:. W. V SR -5 9ET.AI,5 5R-1, ✓ETA:'LS PROJECT CRITERIA ........................... I'. SCOPE OF SERVICES: 1. CONCRETE REPAIRS AS IDENTIFIED HEREIN. 2: RE -POINTING OF MASONRY WALLS WHERE NOTED. 3: RE -PAINTING OF ALL. EXP05ED STEEL ITEMS (SEE SPECIFICATIONS). 4. RE -PAINTING OF ALL EXTEPJOR HOLLOW METAL METAL 000031 FRAMES (INSIDE i OUTSIDE) SEE ALTERNATES. 11. DESIGN CRITERIA: 1. ApPL1CABLE CODE 10 THE 2014 010RIDA BUILDING CODE. 2. DESIGN LOADS: a. WIND CRITERIA = RISK 00000055' H. WITH A 37 EXPOSURE. 9. WIND SPEED: 141; MPH 1)1. CLASSIFICATION OF WOR0 1. THE W(MK IS NECESSARY TO ADDRESS MINOR CONCRETE ITEMS AND TO PROTECT ALL STEEL iro_M5 BY RE -PAINTING. 2. ALTERATION. LEVEL - i (SECTION --104 OF THE EXISTING 9UIL7,NG 00501 L I I • ti inimmosom /' L wane 1:15.Nn _ c03, -€) • - - -€?.? VTh (- 7 / '('e) / 16:) . 00 00 @) 0.§ ER! 77 • • C f�. q 6d q v � R I » II , , •f\ \# «%AA\ƒ\�\ƒ\a\\\\ % y NQS : �1 i -RJ A� RICH HOUSE FIELD 601 \ 01 U uo ANL") P,,,.',11!,4•5 .r x;?, TEEL D COACHMAN ROAD (1 \RWATER, FLORIDA 3(6J 5 ;3 3 33 FIELD GUIDE TO CONCRETE REPAIR APPUCATION PROCEDURES Structural Crack Repair by Epoxy Injection 1.1.1 are ma a., twnwid. Man, 0 HANDRAIL POST POCKET DETAIL (1,Np ROCKET PETAIEINO TRORCIRRE. ENTLL ROLE NIRO,. T.- NINO, ALLIERTVORT / ITLIC-L9 AIR INTO I,TE TO cR-r CUT 1NE FISIDE OF INE FOST zavylz541:sfn,tr-,7:g7;:r:zz,v.i.. TO IRE. EIO/TOM OF OR TWEE. TENNI me NOTE.. OFT. IICR. ROWE TREPIIONER. ERTIOVE POST STAN, (k...05T , OWE .1, TAINENNT ,INT PAul. O. MR 51-1,1,6ATIONS. ER,s1, i.KATEONTAL. r;s1;05E. RERNIZ MORTAR Z,571JL,..1.1,1,13; AN NOT TO Ex,.. • OREN. rEFTIENEARIET SNORR> ARENA nor (I ',CDT It. TNIE ORONO SELECTOR Natn.r., CONT. OR OTTAWEN 1- - re,RNFR FI FVATION (CONCRETE RONIOVVOI (.43 REPAIR DETAIL :l:FROMTO,TITIO =Lt±,4:Fr ALL Exmkrz.c.c.,,4 SIFEL TO 9 ,•171.,,,,:=7.10 •OENTECMCIrc, ETM... C.ONCRETE. Y REPAIR INJRTAR TIER 1,...41,1,1.5 weRNE.R.TToNN NOTES: 1E,R,TioN9 2. (EOVT AN, SEAL. FVZ 5.1,04E SE/TEN, 0 ANO SEAL SLAO. GRACK PETA,L ro PLAN L 7(75, 11.5704 ..„ SHEE:y 6 OF 6 714±55 • • • • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 18 SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(6), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER City of Clearwater [name] [name] Parks & Recreation 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4856 [principal business address]', [principal business address] [phone number] [phone number] PROJECT NAME: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Repair of structural concrete and painting of exposed steel located at 601 Old Coachman Road North, Clearwater, Florida 33765. BY THIS BOND, We, , as Contractor, and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[x,xxx,xx'.xx], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 20 . (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). WITNESS: [TYPE LEGAL NAME OF CONTRACTOR] By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: Corporate Secretary or Witness Print Name: Print Name: (affix corporate seal) SECTION V (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Print Name: (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) Page 2 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (I) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and , of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out of state:] This CONTRACT made and entered into this — day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do City of County of business in the State of Florida, of and State of hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A in the amount of $ In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: SECTION V Page 5 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: (SEAL) William B. Home, II City Manager Attest: Countersigned: Rosemarie Call City Clerk By: Approved as to form: George N. Cretekos, Mayor Matthew M. Smith Assistant City Attorney Contractor must indicate whether: Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Print Name: Title: The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • TO OWNER: SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Parks & Recreation PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : 1 ), recorded in O.R. Book [ Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: [ Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of [insert name of Contractor] [address] [address] ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): SECTION V ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 7 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSALBID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Contractor, and as Surety, whose address is , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Contractor, and as Surety, for work specified as: all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual Signed this day of , 20 Contractor Principal By: Title Surety The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 8 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this Affiant day of ,20 Notary Public Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SECTION V Page 9 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 20 Notary Public SECTION V Page 10 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: By: Title: Company Legal Name: Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Zip Code Phone: Email Address: Dated at , this day of , A.D., 20 . SECTION V Page 12 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and insurances as necessary for structural concrete repairs and painting of exposed steel as shown on the contract documents and provide a complete system to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall submit 10 day notice to Pinellas County Air Quality there is no asbestos on project as stated on Greenfield Environmental Report, shall provide all necessary items for a complete and those items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below BASE BID: 01. General Conditions: a. Pennits 1 LS LS b. Mobilization 1 LS LS c. Conduct survey 1 LS LS d. Equipment 1 LS LS e. Protect existing surfaces 1 LS LS f Supervision 1 LS LS g. 10 day notice to Pinellas Co Air Quality 1 LS LS 02. Demolition: a. Dispose of materials (closed containment) 1 LS LS b. Dust control 1 LS LS 03. Concrete Repairs: a. Concrete spalls (form & pour) 20 CF b. Concrete repair at decks 5 CF c. Crack repair by epoxy injection 200 LF d. Crack repair by rout and seal w/silicone 300 LF e. Sidewalk replacement 100 SF f. Repair post pockets 50 EA 04. Masonry Repairs a. Re -point masonry joints 200 LF b. Repair wall units atretaining wall 10 SF N/A SECTION V Page 14 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CONTINUED... PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCUTRAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 05. Painting (bidders to advise the paint manufacturer included in their bid) a. Painting all steel surfaces 1 LS LS b. Paint HM doors/frames 1 LS LS See Alt 06. Cleanup and demobilization 1 LS LS 07. Closeout documents 1 LS LS 08. Bid bond/performance bond fees 1 LS LS 09. Sub Total lines 01 — 08 above 10. 10% Contingency of line 09 10% Contingency shall be utilized only upon written request by the contractor for additional scope of work not included in the bill of quantities to the Owner, written approval by the Owner for the additional scope of work in the utilization of the 10% contingency, any funds not utilized shall be returned to the owner upon close out of the purchase order short. 11. Grand total of line 01 — 08 plus line 10 includes 10% contingency CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. A. For extra work: OH&P percentage for materials purchased on a time and material (T&M) basis. ADD B. For extra work: OH&P percentage for general contractor for subcontractor services on additional work. ADD SECTION V Page 15 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents C. For extra work: Labor rate for work performed on a time and material basis (includes all taxes and fringe benefits). ADD $ /HR 1!. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BASE BID) 1. The contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed. 2. 2. The contractor further agrees to complete the work within 120 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed per the referenced schedule in the Invitation to Bid. Note: • Lump sum (LS) quantities are for information only. Contractor to verify all LS quantities. • Allowance (*) (Labor &Materials to be billed on a Time &Material basis) • Unit price items will require Owner approval of Contractor installed quantities. SECTION V Page 16 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CONTINUED... PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCUTRAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE Unit price increases/decreases of actual quantities shall be per the Schedule of Values II. Alternates/Unit Prices 1. Paint Alternates: System 3 Qty. Unit Cost Total — (HM/wood doors/frames) inside/outside (lower level -1) a. Double doors/frames 4 EA b. Single doors/frames 17 EA 2. (HM doors/frames) inside/outside (concourse level -2) a. Double doors/frames 2 EA b. Single doors/frames 40 EA 3. (HM doors/frames) inside/outside (suite level -3) a. Double doors/frames 1 EA b. Single doors/frames 19 EA 4. Alternate Sub -total lines 1 — 3 5. 10% Contingency of line 4 above 10% contingency shall be utilized only upon written request by the contractor for additional scope of work not included in the bill of quantities to the Owner, written approval by the Owner for the additional scope of work in the utilization of the 10% contingency, any funds not utilized shall be returned to the owner upon close out of the purchase order short 6. Alternate grand total of line 1 — 3 plus line 5 includes 10% contingency ALTERNATE BID BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Numbers) ALTERNATE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) CONTRACTOR: SECTION V Page 17 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity/Corporation COUNTY OF The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of 20 , by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. Notary Public Printed Name My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Page 18 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (727) 562-4747 FAX: (727) 562-4755 Pre -Bid Conference Agenda Date/Time: Wednesday, August 2, 2017 at 2pm Meeting Location: 601 Old Coachman Rd. North Clearwater, FL 33756 Media Room at Spectrum Field Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Project #16 -0023 -PR -A City of Clearwater Project Manager: Leroy Chin 727-562-4809 Email: Leroy.Chinmyclearwater.com Consultant Company/Project Manager: McCarthy & Associates/Brian Keane 727-536-8772 Email: Tmikeane(c�aol.com Engineering Contract Specialist: Lisa Bayly 727-562-4782 Email: Lisa.Baylymyclearwater.com 1 1. Introduction of Attendees • 2. Sign -In Sheets — This is a recommended meeting. Please complete the sign -in sheet legibly and completely. Copies of the Pre-bid Conference sign -in sheet will be scanned and posted on the plan room website. 3. City's Plan Room — Plans are available for purchase at DVC Marketing formerly known as Jiffy Reprographics, 411 S. Garden Avenue, Clearwater, Florida (727) 445-1034. Any notification e-mails (sign -in sheets, addendums, date changes, etc.) from the plan room will be from wendy(c�DVC360.com. On occasion, the City will issue notification e-mails via the plan room. In this instance, notification e-mails will be from Wendy with DVC Marketing or lisa.bayly(a�myclearwater.com. Please add both e-mail addresses to your white list or non -spam list to ensure receipt. You may access the DVC Plan Room through a link on the City website: http://www.myclearwater.com//business/bid-information 4. Pre -Qualification — In order to be eligible to bid for this project, the contractor/bidder must be pre -qualified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division in 2 categories: 1. Industrial Painting and 2. Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work Category with a minimum amount of $500,000. It is the Contractor's/Bidder's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification eligibility prior to submitting a bid. Contractors may check their pre -qualification status by contacting the Construction Office Specialist Laura Davis at (727) 562-4509. Pre -qualification applications and submittal items are due on 8/17/2017, two weeks (ten business days) before the bid opening. If the pre-bid meeting is a mandatory meeting and if a company plans to submit a bid on this project, the Company name on the sign in sheet must match the Company name in the pre -qualification packet. If the person attending the pre-bid meeting is a subcontractor then indicate so on the sign -in sheet with both company names. 5. Bid Proposal Forms - All quantities and costs must be filled in legibly and completely. Please re -check your figures for accuracy. 6. Proposal Bond — must be completely filled out with the 10% bid bond amount. 7. Scrutinized Companies - Please Note, if Project is $1,000,000 or more please see Section III, Article 25, Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. Otherwise, if final bid amount is less than $1,000,000, this form may be omitted. 8. Request for Clarifications — Submit in writing via email to Project Manager, Leroy Chin at Leroy.Chin(a�myclearwater.com by end of day on 8/9/2017. Questions must include: company name, contact name, email address and phone number of contact person (in case clarification is needed). 9. Addendums - Responses will be issued via an addendum by end of day 8/16/2017. If you have purchased plans through another plan house, please check the DVC Plan Room to ensure the receipt of any addenda information. It is the responsibility of the prospective bidder to ensure that they have received all addendums. 10. Bid Opening is scheduled for 8/31/2017 at 2 p.m. 11. Contract Award is scheduled for 10/5/2017. 12. Scope of Work — I. DESCRIPTION All prospective bidders shall note where documents list Bright House Field (BHF) the project site has gone through a name change January 2017 and the project site name now is Spectrum Field. In these document where name Bright House Field is the same as Spectrum Field. The work shall consist of various types of repairs as follows, concrete repairs as identified herein, repointing of masonry walls where noted, repainting of all exposed steel items (see specifications), and repainting of all exterior hollow metal doors/frames (inside/outside) see alternates. II. WORK PROCEDURE The work shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, and the referenced plans and specifications, as amended during the project. Note: The contractor shall coordinate and schedule the work as required to maintain the daily operation of the building with other contractors working at the site. Unless otherwise approved, the work schedule will be Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. Additional working hours may be requested • and coordinated with the owner for nights and weekends. Attached is the event schedule of Bright House Field, however, it is subject to change for additional events. All work to be completed between October 2016, and January 2017, prior to the Philadelphia Phillies spring training, 2017. III. SCOPE OF REPAIRS 1. Contractor shall provide all barricades, shoring, etc., as necessary to protect the structure and safety of the residents, visitors, and workers at all times. 2. Contractor staging to be determined at the pre -construction meeting. 3. Demolition: a. Removal of concrete spall materials. b. Dust control. c. Contractor to remove fence and bollard at the bottom of the ramp at the right field corner, as required for a lift to be able to access the second level, and subsequently reinstall to the owner's satisfaction. 4. Concrete repairs are as noted on the drawings and as specified herein. Note: The extent of damage is unknown, and will therefore be subject to the contractor's survey under Item #7d. below. 5. Concrete repairs shall be as directed by the engineer, per the enclosed specifications, and the applicable unit prices. 6. Painting of the exposed steel members and steel deck, as follows: a. Scope of painting includes all three (3) levels and exterior approach entrances to BHF from parking lot and service areas. b. Plus alternates for painting all exterior hollow metal doors and frames inside and out. 7 Protection of all horizontal and vertical surfaces adjacent to the work that are not subject to repair. 8. Pre -construction meeting prior to award of contract (September 2016, exact date to be determined). At this meeting the contractor will provide the following: a. Schedule of Values to be utilized for progress payments. b. Detailed progress schedule. c. Material submittals. d. Discussion of project closeout procedures. e. Owner to provide updated events schedule. f. Owner to provide electric and water. g. Contractor to provide employee sanitation (shall not use public restrooms). h. Paint cleaning procedures. Contractor must provide his own paint cleaning containment on-site. No paint cleaning can be flushed down sanitary, or storm sewer systems or landscape areas. No dumping on-site property. Violations will be subject to fines by the City or Pinellas County EPA. The schedule is to be discussed at project progress meetings as follows: 1. Work completed the past two (2) weeks. 2. Work scheduled next two (2) weeks. 3. Issues of concern. (Questions and answers.) 4. Updated schedule. 5. Draft pay request and submission of invoice. 9. Quality Assurance: a. The contractor's field superintendent is to review the project documents in total, and subsequently meet with the engineer prior to starting the work to address any questions relevant to the project requirements. b. Contractor is to prepare mockups of all specified repair procedures for the engineer's review prior to proceeding with the work. c. Contractor will also provide a pachometer, multi -meter, and an adequate supply of phenophtalein for the superintendents use during the project. d. Note: Contractor is to inspect and sound, all suspected damaged concrete prior to starting repairs. Subsequently, the contractor will provide a written report to the engineer on the extent of the concrete repairs required, to include estimated quantities and cost projections based on the contract Schedule of Values. e. Owner will provide a Clerk -of -the -Works for coordination of daily activities within the facility, and confirmation of unit price quantities, along with other duties as required by the owner. f. The contractor's superintendent will be required to maintain a daily log on-site identifying the number of workers, work activity, change in weather conditions, etc. g. The paint manufacturer shall provide technical assistance, to include regular visits to the site, with written reports after each visit. h. The contractor shall provide wheel load information regarding the lift capacities that they want to put on the concourse deck. McCarthy to evaluate and advise. (McCarthy has reviewed the following equipment from Oshkosh Corporation and found them acceptable: JLG X600AJ Compact Crawler Boom, JLG 1930ES Electric Scissors Lift, and JLG 20232ES Electric Scissors Lift.) Contractor will provide deck protection at the concourse level wherever a lift is going to be used. (Duradeck Mats by Duradeck Mat, or equal.) j. If contractor is required to remove the fence at the bottom of the ramp for lift access, he shall subsequently re -install the fence to the owner's satisfaction. 10. Other items as specified herein (or shown on the drawings). 11. Other repairs may be required as part of this project that are not yet known. This will be as directed by the owner (or) engineer. The additional cost on this work shall be in accordance with the contract. 11. Questions — open to floor. • • BRKLILT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH • Sign -in Sheet Spectrum Field Structral Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Project # 16 -0023 -PR -A Recommended Pre -Bid Conference Leroy Chin, Project Manager Media Room at 601 Old CoachmanRd.North, Clearwater,FL 33756 August 2, 2017 @ 2pm Print Name Leroy Chin Landscape Architect Catherine Corcoran Parks Support Specialist Initial cAC, Organization City of Clearwater City of Clearwater Phone 727-562-4856 727-562-4809 E -Mail Address 1,eroy.ChinrryclqamateLgpm CatherneCorcoan'mctearwter co; -; Lisa Bayly Engineering Contract Specialist Lt City of Clearwater 727-562-4782 Lisa,Bayty(myclearwater.com Brian Keane PE McCarthy & Associates 727-536-8772 73V -M- 94 1>i,p4A -DA) J1/41•0 f7&; i44Ju T7Li.d 4h:5 Alticte4.,/,4e#40-,,P3/4--; aryvt- - - 14-1/6aed(dpe- 1,,441b 7F7 -7z7-600-/a3 0 e 11112 r • Liz N4,4„,,, -,4&r. tr. • Page 1 • bitit fl .AND BEAl.' 1 WIA • liAtOIfl Ii Sign -in Sheet specti•tim FieId Structral Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Project # 16 -0023 -PR -A Recommended Pre -Bid Conference Leroy Chin, Project Manager Media Room at 601 Old CoachmanRd.North, Clearwater,FL 33756 August 2, 2017 @ 2pm Print Name Initial Organization Phone E -Mail Address !M 4JN7 r (.2 Y_C-7-581 jay. ce *1.4,1 rej.6.r„, jAcc LOP 1.1ifrr571a5g 0 P L., 751/- 2.z • Yol-iwroco srAgsgao C-7 rgeelec cofri 174 j) t, (0N, p e s Ko 77) c fr,cc_; c • „ 9 el itiaF1 4 CCi-ti Page 2 • • ADDENDUM NO. 1 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A DATE: August 4, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Other Concerned This Addendum is issued to provide Pre -Bid Meeting Minutes, Questions and Answers, Additive Option for Paint Removal and Revisions to Section V- Contract for Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. Item 1: Pre Bid Conference Meeting Minutes — 4 pages Item 2: Spectrum Field Painting & Structural Concrete Repairs Pre -Bid Meeting Questions & Answers August 2, 2017 1. Is there a specific dollar amount to prequalify for each of the two services? I.e. A prequalification amount for painting and a prequalification amount for the concrete repairs. No. The prequalification amount is for an aggregate of both services. 2. Engineer's note: referencing Sec IV, Subsection 0001, there is a two (2) year written guarantee on all work, plus the 15 year manufacturer's paint warranty is for those areas exposed to sunlight with a 5 year manufacturer's paint warranty for all other areas. 3. Engineer's note: Rust stains on concrete surfaces are to be removed by a solvent (equal to SnowCap Rust Stain Remover), and included in the paint line item. 4. Engineer's note: Paint sealants should be included in paint section of bid. 5. What moisture testing is required after silicone caulking on concrete? Flood test will be conducted before and after work by the contractor. 6. Is a seal coat going over concrete surface after caulking? No. 7. Will the Owner encourage brush -and -roll application over spraying for paint? Follow manufacture recommendations. 8. What is the millage thickness on paint? Refer to contract specifications for this information. 1 ADDENDUM NO. 1 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A 9. Who will perform the millage tests? The successful bidders shall coordinate with paint manufacture representative in performing paint millage thickness prior to beginning any work painting work to determine average existing thickness of existing surface, after painting work is completed the millage thickness shall be performed to determine the finish work is within the contract specifications. Paint millage testing shall be by the paint manufacturer and the successful bidder. 10. Will there be mockups/standards provided to the Owner before work for paint begins? Contractor to conduct mock-ups of all paint systems, and concrete repairs as noted under Sec.IV.III.A.B.5, for city/engineer approval before proceeding with the work. 11. Is a 15 year warranty required for painting systems 2, 3, and 5? No. These areas are under cover. The 15 year warranty requirement only applies to surfaces exposed to weather and sunlight. 12. Is the proposed paint known to adhere to the existing paint? Manufacturer believes so. 13. Do we know what type the current paint is? No 14. Engineer's note: The railings that are painted galvanized steel will require that all existing paint be removed. Tnemec to include a chemical removal option per the attached. 15. Do posts and frames of metal fencing/railings need to be stripped before painting? Yes. Anything that is galvanized needs to be stripped completely before painting. 16. Is steel framing underneath the tiki bar roof being painted? Yes. No stripping required. 17. Is painting the outfield scoreboard structure part of this contract? No. 18. Are suite -level railings galvanized? Yes. 19. Will any existing, unpainted conduits overlapping areas to be painted be included and be painted? 2 • • • ADDENDUM NO. 1 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Yes, but do not paint wires. 20. Is the sign visible from the highway to be painted? Yes. 21. Engineer's note: Spectrum Field will be available 7 days a week, and the lights will be turned on, as required for late hours work but must be coordinated with the Owner. 22. Engineer's note: Sealants at all stair cases to be removed, (See Sec. IV, Exhibit 1, para. 11.2) to include above the stringer to the wall, and between the stringer and the treads. All rusted steel to be cleaned to bright metal, re -painted per specs, then new sealant to be installed as follows: a. above the stringers to the wall: Dow Corning FC Silicone sealant. b. between the stringers and the treads: BASF NP1 23. Engineer's note: Should holes develop during the rust removal at the stair case steel, a repair detail will be provided by the engineer (once it has been inspected), and the cost to come out of the contingency. 24. Engineer's note: The Phillies are to remove all signage, and equipment prior to the start of the project, except for permanent signs which will need to be covered by the contractor. as noted in the paint specs. 25. Engineer's note: All exposed joists and deck in alcoves are to be painted. (See Sec. IV, Exhibit 1, Supplementary Report Item 11.14) 26. Engineer's note: Recommend that any underside deck corrosion at the suite level be addressed by detail(s) from the engineer (once opened up by the contractor for inspection) and paid for out of the contingency. 27. Engineer's note: The SOV needs to be revised to refer to extra % to the contract (See Item 111.11.1). Note: recommend the bidders still provide their unit cost per hour, which is not covered under Sec. 111.11.1. Item 3: Spectrum Field — Surface Preparation — Additional Option — 2 pages Item 4: Revisions to Section V- Contract Documents — regards to Changes in Contract Price - 18 pages 1. Remove language of Profit, Overhead language pages 15 and 16, inserted Changes in contract prices shall be according to Section III — General Conditions, Article 11.0 End of Addendum No. 1 • 3 ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT (727) 562-4747 FAX: (727) 562-4755 Pre -Bid Conference Agenda Date/Time: Wednesday, August 2, 2017 at 2pm Meeting 601 Old Coachman Rd. North Location: Clearwater, FL 33756 Media Room at Spectrum Field Addendum No. 1 Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Project #16 -0023 -PR -A City of Clearwater Project Manager: Leroy Chin 727-562-4809 Email: Leroy. Chinamyclearwater.com Consultant Company/Project Manager: McCarthy & Associates/Brian Keane 727-536-8772 Email: Tmikeaneaol.com Engineering Contract Specialist: Lisa Bayly 727-562-4782 Email: Lisa.BavIy(a,myclearwater.com 1. Introduction of Attendees 2. Sign -In Sheets — This is a recommended meeting. Please complete the sign -in sheet legibly and completely. Copies of the Pre-bid Conference sign -in sheet will be scanned and posted on the plan room website. 3. City's Plan Room — Plans are available for purchase at DVC Marketing formerly known as Jiffy Reprographics, 411 S. Garden Avenue, Clearwater, Florida (727) 445-1034. Any notification e-mails (sign -in sheets, addendums, date changes, etc.) from the plan room will be from wendy(a�DVC360.com. On occasion, the City will issue notification e-mails via the plan room. In this instance, notification e-mails will be from Wendy with DVC Marketing or Iisa.bayly(a�myclearwater.com. Please add both e-mail addresses to your white list or non -spam list to ensure receipt. You may access the DVC Pian Room through a link on the City website: http://www.myclearwater.com//business/bid-information 4. Pre -Qualification — In order to be eligible to bid for this project, the contractor/bidder must be pre -qualified with the Engineering Department's Construction Division in the Specialty Concrete Repair & Coating Work Category with a minimum amount of $500,000. It is the Contractor's/Bidder's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification eligibility prior to submitting a bid. Contractors may check their pre -qualification status by contacting the Construction Office Specialist Laura Davis at (727) 562- 4509. Pre -qualification applications and submittal items are due on 8/17/2017, two 1 • • • • • • weeks (ten business days) before the bid opening. If the pre-bid meeting is a mandatory meeting and if a company plans to submit a bid on this project, the Company name on the sign in sheet must match the Company name in the pre - qualification packet. If the person attending the pre-bid meeting is a subcontractor then indicate so on the sign -in sheet with both company names. 5. Bid Proposal Forms - All quantities and costs must be filled in legibly and completely. Please re -check your figures for accuracy. 6. Proposal Bond — must be completely filled out with the 10% bid bond amount. 7. Scrutinized Companies - Please Note, if Project is $1,000,000 or more please see Section III, Article 25, Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. Otherwise, if final bid amount is less than $1,000,000, this form may be omitted. 8. Request for Clarifications — Submit in writing via email to Project Manager, Leroy Chin at Lerov.Chin(c�myclearwater.com by end of day on 8/9/2017. Questions must include: company name, contact name, email address and phone number of contact person (in case clarification is needed). 9. Addendums - Responses will be issued via an addendum by end of day 8/16/2017. If you have purchased plans through another plan house, please check the DVC Plan Room to ensure the receipt of any addenda information. It is the responsibility of the prospective bidder to ensure that they have received all addendums. 10. Bid Opening is scheduled for 8/31/2017 at 2 p.m. 11. Contract Award is scheduled for 10/5/2017. 12. Scope of Work — I. DESCRIPTION All prospective bidders shall note where documents list Bright House Field (BHF) the project site has gone through a name change January 2017 and the project site name now is Spectrum Field. In these document where name Bright House Field is the same as Spectrum Field. The work shall consist of various types of repairs as follows, concrete repairs as identified herein, repointing of masonry walls where noted, repainting of all exposed steel items (see specifications), and repainting of all exterior hollow metal doors/frames (inside/outside) see alternates. II. WORK PROCEDURE The work shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, and the referenced plans and specifications, as amended during the project. Note: The contractor shall coordinate and schedule the work as required to maintain the daily operation of the building with other contractors working at the site. Unless otherwise approved, the work schedule will be Monday through Friday between the hours of 7:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. Additional working hours may be requested and coordinated with the owner for nights and weekends. Attached is the event 2 schedule of Bright House Field, however, it is subject to change for additional events. All work to be completed between October 2016, and January 2017, prior to the Philadelphia Phillies spring training, 2017. III. SCOPE OF REPAIRS 1. Contractor shall provide all barricades, shoring, etc., as necessary to protect the structure and safety of the residents, visitors, and workers at all times. 2. Contractor staging to be determined at the pre -construction meeting. 3. Demolition: a. Removal of concrete spall materials. b. Dust control. c. Contractor to remove fence and bollard at the bottom of the ramp at the right field corner, as required for a lift to be able to access the second level, and subsequently reinstall to the owner's satisfaction. 4. Concrete repairs are as noted on the drawings and as specified herein. Note: The extent of damage is unknown, and will therefore be subject to the contractor's survey under Item #7d. below. 5. Concrete repairs shall be as directed by the engineer, per the enclosed specifications, and the applicable unit prices. 6. Painting of the exposed steel members and steel deck, as follows: a. Scope of painting includes all three (3) levels and exterior approach entrances to BHF from parking lot and service areas. b. Plus alternates for painting all exterior hollow metal doors and frames inside and out. 7. Protection of all horizontal and vertical surfaces adjacent to the work that are not subject to repair. 8. Pre -construction meeting prior to award of contract (September 2016, exact date to be determined). At this meeting the contractor will provide the following: a. Schedule of Values to be utilized for progress payments. b. Detailed progress schedule. c. Material submittals. d. Discussion of project closeout procedures. e. Owner to provide updated events schedule. f. Owner to provide electric and water. g. Contractor to provide employee sanitation (shall not use public restrooms). h. Paint cleaning procedures. Contractor must provide his own paint cleaning containment on-site. No paint cleaning can be flushed down sanitary, or storm sewer systems or landscape areas. No dumping on-site property. Violations will be subject to fines by the City or Pinellas County EPA. The schedule is to be discussed at project progress meetings as follows: 1. Work completed the past two (2) weeks. 2. Work scheduled next two (2) weeks. 3. Issues of concern. (Questions and answers.) 4. Updated schedule. 3 • • • • • • 5. Draft pay request and submission of invoice. 9. Quality Assurance: a. The contractor's field superintendent is to review the project documents in total, and subsequently meet with the engineer prior to starting the work to address any questions relevant to the project requirements. b. Contractor is to prepare mockups of all specified repair procedures for the engineer's review prior to proceeding with the work. c. Contractor will also provide a pachometer, multi -meter, and an adequate supply of phenophtalein for the superintendent's use during the project. d. Note: Contractor is to inspect and sound, all suspected damaged concrete prior to starting repairs. Subsequently, the contractor will provide a written report to the engineer on the extent of the concrete repairs required, to include estimated quantities and cost projections based on the contract Schedule of Values. e. Owner will provide a Clerk -of -the -Works for coordination of daily activities within the facility, and confirmation of unit price quantities, along with other duties as required by the owner. f The contractor's superintendent will be required to maintain a daily log on-site identifying the number of workers, work activity, change in weather conditions, etc. g. The paint manufacturer shall provide technical assistance, to include regular visits to the site, with written reports after each visit. h. The contractor shall provide wheel load information regarding the lift capacities that they want to put on the concourse deck. McCarthy to evaluate and advise. (McCarthy has reviewed the following equipment from Oshkosh Corporation and found them acceptable: JLG X600AJ Compact Crawler Boom, JLG 1930ES Electric Scissors Lift, and JLG 20232ES Electric Scissors Lift.) Contractor will provide deck protection at the concourse level wherever a lift is going to be used. (Duradeck Mats by Duradeck Mat, or equal.) j. If contractor is required to remove the fence at the bottom of the ramp for lift access, he shall subsequently re -install the fence to the owner's satisfaction. 10. Other items as specified herein (or shown on the drawings). 11. Other repairs may be required as part of this project that are not yet known. This will be as directed by the owner (or) engineer. The additional cost on this work shall be in accordance with the contract. 11. Questions — open to floor. 8/312017 Spectrum Field - Surface Preparation - Additional Option From: Stensrud, Mike{<mstensrud@tnemec.com> To: Brian F Keane <tnikeane c@aol.com> Cc: Holmes, Chad <cholmes@tnemec.com> Subject: Spectrum Field;- Surface Preparation - Additional Option Date: Thu, Aug 3, 2017 12:27 pm Attachments: Brighthouse (Spectrum) Field Surface Prep additional option 08 03 17.docx (18K) Brian Attached is my edit ofSystem # 4 surface preparation that now includes the option for using a chemical stripping agent to remove the existing coatings, followed by sanding to scarify the surface. Please let me know if you have any questions. Mike Mike Stensrud Honda Prot€i e Coal# Rep sentatrye - Tneat https://mail.aol.com/webmail-std/en-r s/PdntMessage 1/1 • • Coat>�ng System Primmer: Tnemec Series 118 Uni-Bond Mastic @ 6.0-8.0 mils DFT Intermediate Coat: Tnemec Series 118 Uni-Bond Mastic cr, 6.0-8.0 mils ! DFT Finish: Tnemec Series 1029 Enduratone @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT System 4 Exte the NOT r exposed galvanized railing,posts, and steel fabric. This includes e welded "red", previously field painted steel fabric. This does nclude the black vinyl coated chain link fabric. SYS`) M 4 COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS Surf Preparation Rem: Abra dry, Alte (gal' Mete galv pro New and as so Not pro coa by t Coat. ve all existing coatings and scarify the bare galvanized surface by ve Blasting, or Mechanical Grinding. All surfaces must be clean, d abraded. to Surface Prepartion: Remove all existing coatings to bare nzed) steel using a Chemical Paint Stripping Compound such as Ilene Chloride. Follow with Hand Or Power Sanding to abrade the ed steel surface. Provide a minimum of 1.0-2.0 mil surface zprepared bare galvanized surfaces begin to react quickly with air oisture following surface preparation. All surfaces must be primed as possible the same day. Regardless of the method of removing the exisitng coatings, all Os used for the removal process, and all of the removed gs must be collected and disposed in a method that is appoved ;owner. tg System Tnemec Series 66 HB Epoxoline a 2.5-3.5 mils DFT Fini.b Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar (Semi -gloss) @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT SECTION V — Contract Documents ADDENDUM NO. 1 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 18 SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER [name][name] [principal business address] [phone number] [principal business address] [phone number]' City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-4856 PROJECT NAME: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Repair of structural concrete and painting of exposed steel located at 601 Old Coachman Road North, Clearwater, Florida 33765. BY THIS BOND, We, , as Contractor, and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of $[x,xxx,xxx.xx], for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of , 20 . (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). WITNESS: [TYPE LEGAL NAME OF CONTRACTOR By: Title: Print Name: WITNESS: Corporate Secretary or Witness Print Name: Print Name: (affix corporate seal) (Corporate Surety) By: ATTORNEY-IN-FACT Print Name: (affix corporate seal) (Power of Attorney must be attached) SECTION V Page 2 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and , of the City of County of [Or, if out of state:] and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of , 20 by and between the City of Clearwater,' Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City', and a/an (State) Corporation authorized to do the State of Florida, of the City of County of and State of hereinafter designated as the "Contractor business WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A in the amount of $ In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@.myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: SECTION V Page 5 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: (SEAL) William B. Horne, II City Manager Attest: Countersigned: Rosemarie Call City Clerk By: Approved as to form: George N. Cretekos, Mayor Matthew M. Smith Assistant City Attorney Contractor must indicate whether: Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual (Contractor) By: (SEAL) Print Name: Title: The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • TO OWNER: SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Parks & Recreation PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : [ 1, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1 Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: [ ] Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address? on bond of [insert name of Contractor] [address] [address] ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) SECTION V Page 7 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL/BID BOND (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, as Contractor, and as Surety, whose address is , are held and firmly bound unto the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the sum of Dollars ($ ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of as Contractor, and as Surety, for work specified as: all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: Corporation, Partnership, Company, or Individual Signed this day of , 20 Contractor Principal By: Title Surety The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 8 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF ) , being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that is (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give date of adoption). Sworn to before me this Affiant day of , 20 Notary Public Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SECTION V Page 9 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V —Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF ) being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Affiant Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of , 20 Notary Public SECTION V Page 10 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ ) The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: Signature of Bidder: The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. Principal: By: Title: Company Legal Name: Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: City and State: Zip Code Phone: Email Address: Dated at , this day of , A.D., 20 . SECTION V Page 12 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: (Name of Bidder) (Signature of Officer) (Title of Officer) (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and insurances as necessary for structural concrete repairs and painting of exposed steel as shown on the contract documents and provide a complete system to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall submit 10 day notice to Pinellas County Air Quality there is no asbestos on project as stated on Greenfield Environmental Report, shall provide all necessary items for a complete and those items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: L BASE BID: 01. General Conditions: a. Permits 1 LS LS b. Mobilization 1 LS LS c. Conduct survey 1 LS LS d. Equipment 1 LS LS e. Protect existing surfaces 1 LS LS f. Supervision 1 LS LS g. 10 day notice to Pinellas Co Air Quality 1 LS LS 02. Demolition: a. Dispose of materials (closed containment) 1 LS LS b. Dust control 1 LS LS 03. Concrete Repairs: a. Concrete spalls (form & pour) 20 CF b. Concrete repair at decks 5 CF c. Crack repair by epoxy injection 200 LF d. Crack repair by rout and seal w/silicone 300 LF e. Sidewalk replacement 100 SF f. Repair post pockets 50 EA 04. Masonry Repairs a. Re -point masonry joints 200 LF b. Repair wall units at retaining wall 10 SF N/A SECTION V Page 14 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CONTINUED... PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCUTRAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 05. Painting (bidders to advise the paint manufacturer included in their bid) a. Painting all steel surfaces 1 LS LS b. Paint HM doors/frames 1 LS LS See Alt 06. Cleanup and demobilization 1 LS LS 07. Closeout documents 1 LS LS 08. Bid bond/performance bond fees 1 LS LS 09. Sub Total lines 01— 08 above 10. 10% Contingency of line 09 10% Contingency shall be utilized only upon written request by the contractor for additional scope of work not included in the bill of quantities to the Owner, written approval by the Owner for the additional scope of work in the utilization of the 10% contingency, any funds not utilized shall be returned to the owner upon close out of the purchase order short. 11. Grand total of line 01 — 08 plus line 10 includes 10% contingency CONTRACTOR: BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. A. Changes in contract price see Section III — General Conditions — Article 11.0 page 29. II. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BASE BID) SECTION V Page 15 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents 1. The contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed. 2. 2. The contractor further agrees to complete the work within 120 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed per the referenced schedule in the Invitation to Bid. Note: • Lump sum (LS) quantities are for information only. Contractor to verify all LS quantities. • Allowance (*) (Labor &Materials to be billed on a Time &Material basis) • Unit price items will require Owner approval of Contractor installed quantities. SECTION V Page 16 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CONTINUED... PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCUTRAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE Unit price increases/decreases of actual quantities shall be per the Schedule of Values 1I. Paint Alternates/Unit Prices 1. (HM/wood doors/frames) inside/outside (lower level -1) a. Double doors/frames 4 EA b. Single doors/frames 17 EA 2. (HM doors/frames) inside/outside (concourse level -2) a. Double doors/frames 2 EA b. Single doors/frames 40 EA 3. (HM doors/frames) inside/outside (suite level -3) a. Double doors/frames 1 EA b. Single doors/frames 19 EA 4. Alternate Sub -total lines 1 — 3 5. 10% Contingency of line 4 above 10% contingency shall be utilized only upon written request by the Contractor for additional scope of work not included in the bill of quantities to the Owner and written approval by the Owner. Any funds not utilized shall be returned to the Owner upon close out of the purchase order short 6. Alternate grand total of line 1 — 3 plus line 5 includes 10% contingency ALTERNATE BID BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Numbers) ALTERNATE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Words) CONTRACTOR: SECTION V Page 17 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAIL URE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF COUNTY OF Authorized Signature Printed Name Title Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me on this day of 20 , by (name of person whose signature is being notarized) as the (title) of (name of corporation/entity), personally known to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as identification, and who did/did not take an oath. My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE Notary Public Printed Name SECTION V Page 18 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 ADDENDUM NO. 2 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A DATE: August 10, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 2 TO: Prospective Bidders and Other Concerned This Addendum is issued to provide Questions and Answers for Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. Item 1: Spectrum Field Painting & Structural Concrete Repairs Questions & Answers 1. Are the repairs on the floors going to be? A) By epoxy injection only. B) By machine opening the crack only. C) Or by a combination of both. If the answer is C. Who determines method? Engineer or contractor. In application of the product to fill the crack, is it going to be directed by engineer, not on contractor judgments where the cracks are to be gravity fed and where are they to be injected? Application of the product to fill the cracks, is it going to be directed by engineer not on contractor judgment where the cracks are to be gravity fed and where are they to be injected? Response: 1. The deck cracks are to be repaired by rout and seal with a silicone sealant as noted in Detail 2/SR-6 (Bid Item #03.d) 2. Wall, beam, or column cracks in concrete elements are to be repaired by epoxy injection as noted on Sheet SR -5 (Bid Item #03.c) 3. Both types of crack repairs are to be identified by the contractor, then confirmed by the engineer before the contractor proceeds with the repairs. 4. The contractor shall provide the lineal footage of each type of crack repair to the engineer before proceeding with the repairs, as part of their obligations under Bid Item #01.c (Conduct survey), and Sec IV.0000.111.9.d of the project manual. End of Addendum No. 2 • 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A DATE: August 14, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 3 TO: Prospective Bidders and Other Concerned This Addendum is issued to provide Questions and Answers, Alternate 4 15 year color and gloss retention, Section V - Contract for Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. Item 1: Spectrum Field Painting & Structural Concrete Repairs Questions & Answers 1. We would like clarification of painting underside not subject to sunlight exposure, we are concern with utilization of Tnemec Series 1028 - Acrylic Polymer System and if this product will provide the 15 year warranty as specified in the contract documents and pre-bid meeting discussions. Please confirm if the Tnemec Series 1028 product is what you want to use on underside surfaces? • Response: Tnemec representative recommends in providing an add alternate cost for Tnemec1071 Flouropolymar in lieu of Tnemec Series 1028 as an option for the Owner for painting the un -exposed steel areas with a 15 year warranty. See Section V - Bidder's Proposal add alternate to paint Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar in lieu of Tnemec Series 1029 (Tnemec Series 1029 cost is included in the base bid — alternate no. 4 is cost for changing finish coating by upgrading to Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar) Item 2: Revised Section V -Contract Documents Add Alternate 4 cost for Tnemec1071 Flouronar in lieu of Tnemec Series 1028 Acrylic Polymer System as an option for the Owner in painting the un -exposed steel areas with a 15 year product warranty. See Section V - Bidder's Proposal Add Alternate 4 to paint Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar in lieu of Tnemec Series 1029 (Tnemec Series 1029 cost is included in the base bid — Add Alternate No. 4 is add cost of finish coating by upgrading to Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar) End of Addendum No. 3 • 1 ADDENDUM NO. 3 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A System 2B (Alternate No. 4— 15 -year Color and Gloss Retention) Steel, exterior, NOT subject to sunlight exposure, previously painted with a high-performance coating. These areas may have only occasional spot rusting SYSTEM 2B COATING SYSTEM AS FOLLOWS: Surface Preparation: Remove all grease, oil, dirt, dust, mold, mildew, salt, chalk, and other soluble contaminants by Pressure Washing (minimum 4000 PSI, 3-5 GPM, potable water). Remove all loose rust, loose old coatings, and remaining contaminants by Hand or Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2 or SP3). Feather edges of failed old coatings or areas of rust to blend with the new coatings. All surfaces must be clean and dry. All prepared surfaces must be coated as soon as possible the Same Day, to prevent the formation of new rust or the re -contamination of the surface. All components of this option can be spray, brush, or roller applied. Contractor must take great care in protecting all adjacent surfaces from overspray, dripping, or paint splatter during application, Coating System Spot Prime (areas of bare metal / tightly adhering rust), using Tnemec Series 135 Chembuild @ 3.0-5.0 mils DFT Full Prime (all surfaces): Tnemec Series 135 @ 3.0-5.0 mils DFT (as part of base bid) Finish: Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT Note Alternate 4: is add alternate to paint Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar in lieu of Tnemec Series 1029 (Tnemec Series 1029 cost is included in the base bid — alternate no. 4 is cost for changing finish coating by upgrading to Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar) • • • r • • SECTION V — Contract Documents ADDENDUM NO. 3 SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 18 SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017 • FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNTS THAT EXCEED THE ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT WILL BE CHARGED AN ADDITIONAL PREMIUM. INCLUDE THESE PREMIUM CHARGES IN YOUR CHANGE ORDERS. SECTION V — Contract Documents KEN BURKE, CLERK OF COURT AND COMPTROLLER PINELLAS COUNTY, FL INST# 2017313184 10/13/2017 01:28 PM OFF REC BK: 19805 PG: 1603-1605 DocType:BOND RECORDING: $27.00 Bond No.: 1001078137 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(l)(b), Florida Statutes, `Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Notwithstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER Viktor Construction Corp. 383 Banana Street American Contractors Indemnity Company City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, PL 33756 (727) 562-4856 Tarpon Springs, FL 34689 727-471-7200 801 S. Figueroa St., Ste. 700 Los Angeles. CA 90017 813-443-2174 [727i74I 72oo [plzone'h`u`taber] PROJECT NAME: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING 01? EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Repair of structural concrete and painting of exposed steel located at 601 Old Coachman Road North, Clearwater, Florida 33765. BY THIS BOND, We, Viktor Construction Corp. , as Contractor, and American Contractors Indemnity Company , n corporation, as Surety, are bound to the City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, in the sum of Two Hundred and Seventy -Two Thousand, Two Hundred and Fifty an No/100 Dollars ($272,250.00), for payment of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1. Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and 2. Promptly snakes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 1001078137 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials fiimished under the contract for the titne. specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extensionof time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN. TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this day of ,20_ (If sole Ownership or Partnership, Iwo (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). [Viktor Const •taction By: Title: Print Nam WITNESS: ' esident Nikitas vouklis f3arptrrattr&TIrarror WitnessPri1ft Name: Print Name: '4:vki� l ilt,tetinR (affix corporate seal) American Contractors Indemnity Company (Corporate Surety) �05eP1-k UeA- r By:l v fir; (t.'11t1;'t. ATTORN IN -FA T ..Ss\" • ' ) Print Name: Bradford J. uiri : tt..' :,t • S. „ elk 4 : Gi N (Power of Attorney must be attache ''y'•. sr ;,'i %,��JrhV0I4; d' 11111,1111"'. •,. (affix corporate seal) SECTION V Page 2 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of (0,01-114of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter , of the City of if out of state:]' , 20 by and between the City designated as the "City", and County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". This CONTRACT made and entered into of Clearwater,' Florida, a municipal this day of , 20 by and between the City corporation, hereinafter designated' as the "City", , and a/an' (State) Corporation 'authorized to do of the City of County of of hereinafter designate business rd as the "Contractor"' he State WITNESSETH: of Florida, nd State That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A in the amount of $ 272,250.00 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of 51,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call@myclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: SECTION V Page 5 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: 1 MamA, 4104,,,,v-ic William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: cteof lc r\U t co5 George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contractor must indicate whether: Corporation, • 0 o t11 u) • Thg,perseirsing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; 'whomm the%person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. Partnership, Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk Ap Novec hew M. S th Assistant City orney By: Print Name: ('11 K 1-7-A 5 Title: f= j i r7 F N7 Individual T j�11 )k-roR i P_C i rdrl z L3 RP (SEAL) vo11 C-/5 SECTION V Page 6 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Parks & Recreation PROJECT NO.: 16 -0023 -PR -A 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: [ ] Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO.: [ ]', recorded in O.R. Book [ j Page [ _ ;',, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: [ Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of [insert name of Contractor] [address] [address] ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Parks & Recreation Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): SECTION V ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 7 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • Executed in Three Original Counterparts SECTION v - Contract Documents Bid Bond,No. 1001005174-30 PROPOSA1 JB11) BONI) (Not to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we. the undersigned. Viktor Construction Corporation -- - as Contractor. and American Contractors Indy n l _Company Los Angeles f,rfi"` -as Surely, whose address is 801 S. Figucroa Ct e 700 Suit are held and finely bound unto the City 8f e1tannttr, Florida. in the sum or $inaigusAn� � Dollars (S 60,000.00 ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment of Ouch, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves. our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal ofViktor Constnlc'tion Corporation, as Contractor. and American Contractors Indemnity Company as Surely, for worst specified as: Spectrum Field Structural Conral Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Project No. 16 -11123 -PR -r1 all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental (hereto. in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in uniting, and fumish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties 10 be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in IWI force and virtue by law and the full amount of this Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation. Partnership, Company, or Signed this 31st day of August .20 17 Viktor Co sir ion • oration J 1Pr Individual Contractor Prim' 1 Bradford 1 • 'ri- 'Title Attorney— In -Fact Americgrt Contractors Indemnity Company Suret) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's nan>t•. his own name. and his title; where the person is signing for a Corporation. he must. by Atlida%it. show his authority to bind the Corporation - pro%idc Affidavit. StCIION v Page B Of ] tr UndJted; 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be filled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA P 1 ) COUNTY OF QINELi, q$) .�., a t N E R j N 5 , being duly sworn, deposes and says that his Secretary of W j41 -0a (Pa.) 12.0CT l 0 /4 CO P a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 383 BANANA 5r Tii,li) 6Px.I,6S f pieccAr rt (Street & Number) (City) (County) (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of ViI_ CONsTt.Oe,Tt©IJ LOOP (Name of Corporation) Affiant further says that K 1?A KAV0.ukLIS is PgeSi 06/v (Title) (Officer's Name) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for v 114 TO (_ co Al Si Ito CnOIJ c DA P or said corporation by virtue of (state whether a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Resolution give • .te of adoption). Affiant Sworn to before me this 1 day of n W V SECTION V `'tlyr PETROS HALOOUPIS ': MY COMMISSION # GG079751 EXPIRES March 06, 2021 f'yETI�oS W4L000(tS pe/print/stamp name of Notary )1- A 1#1 Po(3L� t Title or rank, and Serial No., if any Page 9 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA rt._ ) COUNTY OF ?jNeLC-A-s ) i 1 K (7rAr 6 ) 4Uoo KL /,S being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is itE tb E41i of \) (k -ra .e. G.osTg o crit J (ooze the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, o :1;1ged in srm, ion or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent ther Sworn to and subscribed before me this 3 1 day otary Public SECTION V Page 10 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of 1 XTP rt"/ -fes 5,4 Dolt r4 i2. S (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). ($ C,01 000 The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: t°11:i114 S KAV00gLI5/2Es e�vi~ 3 8- 3AAi&Jk sr TS., rc. 396P9 TeENE R iUfos /:er4zy 3g NriNA Cr; S., FL 34487 Signature of Bidder: RMPA 47' � The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal' ame, is own me d his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the Pre dent o ice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. / • Principal: By: roil - i C • pan egal me: Title: Rees: V 1K i a P Lr7'4'C.e?-t o � P Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: 8 3 liq NA -AM I , City and State:rr1 ft L� N 5 >Pgr�., s F L Zip Code ct6 89 Phone: 7o2? , ?LII - lav Email Address: V i 1(.1(3(61 ti 541-0 Ji S 11 tit +moi I CO 040% Dated at SECTION V , this 3 day of 4 O C.) jr , A.D., 20 0 - Page 12 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. Addendum No. I Date: 08 Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. 3 Date: 61/ Date: OSI 041,20tii Date: 0 fl 00 t1 Date: 9.1 0\� Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: (Name Bi Nil—R. GT- lac\i Cc -,e -k> e of Of (Title of Officer) Ogi 30 / c-() (Date) SECTION V Page 13 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS &PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL UNIT TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. PRICE PRICE Contractor shall provide labor, equipment, materials and insurances as necessary for structural concrete repairs and painting of exposed steel as shown on the contract documents and provide a complete system to the satisfaction of the Owner, Contractor shall submit 10 day notice to Pinellas County Air Quality there is no asbestos on project as stated on Greenfield Environmental Report, shall provide all necessary items for a complete and those items not listed shall be included somewhere in the bid items listed below: BASE BID: 01. General Conditions: a. Permits b. Mobilization c. Conduct survey d. Equipment e. Protect existing surfaces f. Supervision g. 10 day notice to Pinellas Co Air Quality 02. Demolition: a. b. Dispose of materials (closed containment) Dust control 03. Concrete Repairs: a. Concrete spalls (form & pour) b. Concrete repair at decks c. Crack repair by epoxy injection d. Crack repair by rout and seal w/silicone e. Sidewalk replacement f. Repair post pockets 04. Masonry Repairs a. b. Re -point masonry joints Repair wall units atretaining wall SECTION V 1 LS 1 LS I LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 1 LS 20 CF 5 CF 200 LF 300 LF 100 SF 50 EA 200 LF 10 SF LS LS LS LS LS LS LS LS N/A 4* $gyp 5,000 4.30) 000 _44_000 *4 LS *4) 000 S5 0010, DU) n-000 342,500 '� f 6/000 970. S2 00 4 ap. 4,000 t..3310.„!_)40110 Page 14 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • SECTION V —Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CONTINUED... PROJECT: SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCUTRAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT TOTAL PRICE PRICE 05. Painting (bidders to advise the paint manufacturer included in their bid) a. Painting all steel surfaces b. Paint HM doors/frames 06. Cleanup and demobilization 07. Closeout documents 08. Bid bond/performance bond fees 09. Sub Total lines 01 — 08 above 10. 10% Contingency of line 09 10% Contingency shall be utilized only upon written request by the contractor for additional scope of work not included in the bill of quantities to the Owner. written approval by the Owner for the additional scope of work in the utilization of the 10% contingency, any funds not utilized shall be returned to the owner upon close out of the purchase order short. 1 LS LS 1 LS LS 1 LS LS 1 LS LS LS LS $a, y --7) Soo 0L4 150 11. Grand total of line 01 — 08 plus line 10 includes 10% contingency °2-7c?/ 5U ViTa R a0 :`i S -r, uLT to iy CONTRACTOR: '111(4-00 See Alt 42)aaa BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ $01,(2.- �, SO '�4• (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL. (Words) -"r'wo-l-\ r•I DR -.D 1EVt;NTV —`1s c) --00rSAr4P -7"2"-Ac)�l�cip.io Ep F F-ry c/� THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, IT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. A. Changes in contract price see Section III — General Conditions — Article 11.0 page 29. II. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (BASE BID) • SECTION V Page 15 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents 1. The contractor agrees to commence work within 7 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed. 2. 2. The contractor further agrees to complete the work within 120 calendar days from execution of contract and notice to proceed per the referenced schedule in the Invitation to Bid. Note: • Lump sum (LS) quantities are for information only. Contractor to verify all LS quantities. • Allowance (*) (Labor &Materials to be billed on a Time &Material basis) - Unit price items will require Owner approval of Contractor installed quantities. • . SECTION V Page 16 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 • PROJECT: SECTION V —Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL CONTINUED... SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCUTRAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A ITEM TOTAL NO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE Unit price increases/decreases of actual quantities shall be per the Schedule of Values II. Alternates/Unit Prices 1. (HM/wood doors/frames) inside/outside (lower level -1) a. Double doors/frames b. Single doors/frames 2. (HM doors/frames) inside/outside (concourse level -2) a. Double doors/frames b. Single doors/frames 3. (HM doors/frames) inside/outside (suite level -3) a. Double doors/frames b. Single doors/frames 4. Add Alternate 4 cost for Tnemec1071 Flouronar in Lieu of Tnemec Series 1028 Acrylic Polymer System painting the un -exposed steel areas with a 15 year product warranty. (Tnemec Series 1029 cost is included in the base bid — Add Alternate No. 4 is add cost of finish coating by upgrading to Tnemec Series 1071 Fluoronar) 5. Alternate Sub -total lines 1 — 4 6. 10% Contingency of line 5 above 10% contingency shall be utilized only upon written request by the Contractor for additional scope of work not included in the bill of quantities to the Owner and written approval by the Owner. any funds not utilized shall be returned to the Owner upon close out of the purchase order short 4 EA 17 EA 2 EA 40 EA 1 EA 19 EA IW o 4 50 $100 50 13,350. 6. Alternate grand total of line 1 — 4 plus line 6 includes 10% contingency ALTERNATE BID BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: ALTERNATE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: (Wprds) 700a-TE--"Tor+ DR. e E E °``/c,c, CONTRACTOR: V 11 K—rCjR 65 e CT -1 r4 (Numbers) 1 (0B5, SECTION V Page 17 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 ACORI® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MMICOIYYYY) 10/06/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. 'REPRESENTATIVE IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the poilcy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER New Century Insurance Inc. Box 764 Tarpon Springs, FL 34688 NAME: Angie Kavouklis 727 934 1360 F11 NNo Ext): 727 934 3500 {arc No): JAIP.O. EADDRESS: NC13500@aol.Corn INSURERIS) AFFORDING COVERAGE 0^ Y PS2651714 NAIL # _ INSURER A : Scottsdale Insurance Company INSURER 8: National General Insurance Co. EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO PREMISES Ea occurrence) $ 100,000 INSURED Viktor Construction Corp. P.O. Box 1366 Tarpon Springs, FL 34688 INSURER C : Commerce & Industry Ins. co. 02/25/2018 INSURER D : GENERAL AGGREGATE _ INSURER E : PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG INSURER F : TE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: - - THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE ANY REQUIREMENT, OR MAY PERTAIN, OF SUCH POLICIES. r N rNgt LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR ITYPE OF INSURANCE LTR POUCY EFF SUER; POLICY NUMBER (MM/DD/YYYY) WVD POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS a `L GENERAL X ..... _ J GEN'L LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 1 CLAIMS -MAGE 5<] OCCUR Y 0^ Y PS2651714 02/25/2017 ' EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO PREMISES Ea occurrence) $ 100,000 MED EXP (Any one person) S 5,000 $ 1,000,000 $ 2,000,000 02/25/2018 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO- j LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ , AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ___ J ANY AUTOBODILY —J ALL OWNED ',AUTOS X �_� HIRED AUTOS I.___ SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS Y 2004156429 00 08/25/2017 08/25/2018 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) 1,000,000 A _. _ $ INJURY (Per person) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE per acciden)) $ $ C UMBRELLA UABOCCUR X EXCESS UAB I $$ CLAIMS -MADE ' EB000864878271 05/15/2017 05/15/2018 I EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,000 AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITYY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVEr OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / N t 1 N/A j , y WC STATU- LOTH-f-�' _ !_TORY LIMITS . . I_. ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE' S below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) General Contractor- Project No. 16 -0023 -PR -A -Spectrum Field - Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Additional insured: City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, Attn: Construction Office Special,P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION City of Clearwater Engineering Department Atten:Construction Office Specialis P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater FL 33758-4748 4111rORD 25 (2010/05) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHOR The A CORD name and logo are r ESENTATIVE ©1988-20 1(0 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ed marks of ACORD CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE Date I 10/10/2017 Producer: Plymouth Insurance Agency 2739 U.S. Highway 19 N. Holiday, FL 34691 (727) 938-5562 liksured: This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights upon the Certificate Holder. This Certificate does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies below. Insurers Affording Coverage NAIC # South East Personnel Leasing, Inc. & Subsidiaries 2739 U.S. Highway 19 N. Holiday, FL 34691 Insurer A: Lion Insurance Company 11075 Insurer B: Insurer C: Insurer D: Insurer E: Coverages The policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above for the policy period indicated. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be issued or may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policies described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions, and conditions of such policies. Aggregate limits shown may have been reduced by paid claims. INSR LTR ADDL INSRD Type of Insurance Policy Number Policy Effective Date (MM/DD/YY) Policy Expiration Date (MM/DD/YY) Limits GENERAL LIABILITY Commercial General Liability Each Occurrence $ Damage to rented premises (EA occurrence) $ Claims Made Occur General 3 Med Exp $ Personal Adv Injury $ aggregate limit applies per: Policy ❑ Project ❑ LOC General Aggregate $ Products - Comp/Op Agg $ 0 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY My Auto All Owned Autos Scheduled Autos Hired Autos Non-Owned Autos Combined Single Limit (EA Accident) $ Bodily Injury (Per Person) $ Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $ Property Damage (Per Accident) $ 1, EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY ROccur ❑ Claims Made Deductible Each Occurrence Aggregate A Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability Any proprietor/partner/executive officer/member excluded? NO If Yes, describe under special provisions below. WC 71949 01/01/2017 01/01/2018 x I WC Statu- tory Limits I I OTH- ER E.L. Each Accident $1,000,000 E.L. Disease - Ea Employee $1,000,000 E.L. Disease - Policy Limits $1,000,000 Other Lion Insurance Company is A.M. Best Company rated A- (Excellent). AMB # 12616 Descriptions of Operations/LocationsNehicles/Exclusions added by Endorsement/Special Provisions: Client ID: 41-66-233 Coverage only applies to active employee(s) of South East Personnel Leasing, Inc. & Subsidiaries that are leased to the following "Client Company": Viktor Construction, Corp. Coverage only applies to injuries incurred by South East Personnel Leasing, Inc. & Subsidiaries active employee(s), while working in: FL. Coverage does not apply to statutory employee(s) or independent contractor(s) of the Client Company or any other entity. A list of the active employee(s) leased to the Client Company can be obtained by faxing a request to (727) 937-2138 or by calling (727) 938-5562. Project Name: NO. 16-0023-PR-A-SPECTRUM FIELD ISSUE 10-10-17 (RK) Begin Date 7/10/2017 CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITY OF CLEARWATER ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ATTN: CONSTRUCTION OFFICE SPECIALIST IIPO BOX 4748 CLEARWATER, FL 33758 Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days written notice to the certificate holder named to the left, but failure to do so shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the insurer, its agents or representatives. / i /�' O AMERICA 11INITY,COMP��YT IIII II IIIIIV4i *INC COMPANY UNITED S TE URETY COMPANY U.S. SPtCIALT`Yt INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Contractors Indemnity Company, a California corporation, ; Texas t assu Ins tractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company, a Maryland p p ty w pe Company; "'I ' eX'ts corporation ( el °meanies"), do by these s BondingCom an assumed name ti c=i Jeremy Crawford or Bradford J. Quiri of Tampa, Florida its omey(s)-in-fact nacl t p capacity if more than one is named above, with full pw and .ot = la -- — -= g and, bonds, recogni ri ms ei �or�contrac �ne�ade riders, amendments and ionsents of sure in�= -ce vet' penalty does not exceed ******Three Million******Dollars ($ OOI1,000.00** ). This Power of Attorney shall expire, without further action on November 3,2019. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Companies: any siclent, d[11sasta t, �,�Wice-President any Secretapr as ist ecretary shall be and is hereby vrlcd wi €ill :tomes t President, Vtce- nitIe p t o i Is ney(s)-in-Fact to n fr t ehalf of the Con y t he films _ o any one or trt hl - - -items. ,� ' I i q � I � /tarney in- acf may be given full power at�it�� a�Y�itosl for and in the name of and on behWalieaompany, to execute, acknowledge and=debrer,-any and all bonds, recognisances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, including any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts, and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attorney -in -Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporte=Secret, it soId t e-slignature of any a �n flf e Company heretotfpte or here au hereafter fI1 4 to any power of attor -a ee `ics r t -_- — eal shall b tialid and g upon tb o e pee reW irt�-�u1 Y power of attorrosearc�le signature or falksrtrlile s t< binding Po �'�' orInidengTcywhith it is attached IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 1st day of November, 2016. AMERICAN CONTRACTp IND MNITY COMPANY TEXAS BONDI COMPANY IND U.S SPE N TI MPANY UNITED � � TEE , � _7_=,:,,,, 1_D III II�,I �IIw RS... s„,;,..11,004,14" 7. I �I�, o �1 46,,,* . r q4f.' �o of .. s qq0 Xt y ! '' f q `nSUIg Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President OIi&ailttofficer complete l s l a imnly the identitJ pf the lndiy *OW o sig ied the is rtificate is a mss, accuracy, or *al!00 of that gi rant,' State of California County of Los Angeles SS: On this 1st day of November, 2016, before me, Sabina to ompany, Texas Bit �V , + atm vidence to be t hi>riy,l that by his si Ili ji certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. FITNESS my hand and official seal. 5AB1NA MORGENSTEIN Commissions Al 2129255 * ' NIplary,PubAA; HCautornls Los hrlosl et I!4ounty My COM01're:' Nov 3. 2019 orgenstin, a notary public, personally appeared Dan P. Aguilar, Vice President of American n 1ni, l "States Surety Comp ny awd c Insurance Companywha o tostte is scribed to the v a - edged to me these—e samein Int the person, or the e n e s tth person acted, i� t" 1, Kio Lo, Assistant Secretary of American Contractors Indemnity Company, Texas Bonding Company, United States Surety Company •-'id U:�3., Company,hereby certify above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed .,}l said Specialty lnsuratice Com an do that the Companiechill in full force and effect;! firth ore/, t ue resolutions of the Boards of Director out in the Power of Attorney are in _ialifteWIWf, Dave hereunt !late ii,is ed the seals t f s ngeles, Calif i li ' 1,4S{- 20I1 >rporate Seals . nrcTox, Kio Lo, ems=,_ ld • • • SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutiniz-d Companies with : tivities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in • • Iran%tri ` m t : L' .r engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF ' l— Pri ted Name VQ Es, Titl Name of Entity/Corporation COUNTY OF V ‘t4 The foregoing instrument was ackp9wledged before me on this 1 day of A(...kr, 20n, b jy NCAVGU4t-'5(name of wrson whose signature is being notarized) as the y(title) (title) of y tK'�oSZN�'rC���U (name of corporation/entity), Qersonallyknowrl to me as described herein , or produced a (type of identification) as ident ' ►. do �, and w.. • id/did n take an oath. PETROS HALDOUPIS :`: MY COMMISSION # GG079751 EXPIRES March 06, 2021 My Commission Expires: /l1A' &C.µ ,, 2.02..\ NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Nro Public Emus WA -t- beta P r s Printed Name Page 18 of 18 Updated: 2/6/2017 Page 1 Form Version 1.8 3/12/13 Pinellas E EIVIEll • - County Notification Form N# IgS0 - r S ; ESTOS REMOVAL PROJECT AIR QUA ' r OCT 4 Air Quality Division , `—las A = nue South, Ste.138 Clearwater, Florida 33756 nY i on' : (727) 464-4422 (727) Fax: 453-3548 DEP# i P(nelas Co Air Oua1)t: rQualityAsbestos@pinellascounty.org I. �, t . low, check additional items within a type if it applies: Notice Type: Ariginal Notice C Revised Notice [] Revision # JT Cancellation fl On -hold F' Late Revision Project Type: I-7 Removal 17 Phased Project El Emergency Removal C Planned Reno.(annual) 5<Courtesy Facility Type: Y NESHAP Applicable r Residential Exemption r' Four or Fewer Apt. Units fl School/College/University II. Facility Name: F4. /'t rim A) -2T____ 7 ;9- e_z_, Prior Use: Address 61) ( 0GJ) �� n _.../.01414) i8.40 Parcel ID: City: CA County: inellas Zip Code: Description Affected Area : i\.•T x . 0 [ e- p cT li L L W Meal E # of Bldgs. % /1 # of Floors: JAge (Yrs): 1 # of Rooms: Bldg Size(SF): III. Start Date: 10/11 Finish Date: / I 1` Daily Work Hours: SIX Weekends lawn �Ir. IV. Emission Controls\\Procedures\\Amounts of Asbestos\\Fee (check or complete all items that apply): F. Wet Method rl Containment r Devon. r Neg. Air r HEPA I : Glove Bag I Dry Method (prior approval) l Encapsulation Component Removal r' Stripping I Mechanical r Non -Mechanical FT Trained RepJWorker Certification r; Trained RepJworker Photo ID Procedures used if unexpected RACM is found or created: Stop/Wet RACM/Call Air Quality/Revise Notice I RACM SqFt RACM LF (pipe only) Total SF+ LF Fee Due (SF/LF) Describe Material RACM Cubic Feet Total CuFt Fee Due Cubic Feet Describe Material Estimate amount of RACM in Cubic Feet when the facility component is missing and the square feet or linear feet cannot be calculated. Total Fee Amount: Make check payable to -Pinellas County Board of County Commissioners' . Category I & II (Non-RACM) CAT I SF CAT II SF/LF Describe Material Please Note: Only Cat I and II material, which is not expected to be become RACM is quantified and described in this space. V. Fee Receipt (check one) Mail To: IT Asbestos Contractor r Facility Owner r Other (Name and Address attached) VI. I certify that all information pro • on •.•:' , is < • . . , ., . St of my knowledge. Signature / Date : Print Full Name: / u- t -rool A V o. u ii. (., i 5 Signature made by (check one): I Asbestos Contractor 17 Facility OwnerOther (Name and Address attached) Contact Fax #: Contact Phone #: Contact e-mail: Contact Name: Page 1 Form Version 1.8 3/12/13 DEP# Pinellas County Notification Form (Page 2) N# VII. Asbestos Consultant: (2-E E J F I F i P I! Consultant Licit: Asbestos Detection/Analytical Procedures: 1 Thorough Asb. Insp./Asb. Survey __ ' PLM E Part Count [i Other VIII. Facilty Owner: 1-17 OE Ci i--` Q Gv ( -r€ 0 Address: • City: C)-1, c a (zs k, State: V- L., Zip: Contact Name: L € Qo y C' ,%4 ` I Phone: IX. Asbestos Contractor: Address: City: State: Florida Zip: Contact Name: Phone: Asb.Contr.Lic.# PCCLB #Th s project is exempt from licensure under section r 469.0040) FS. X. Landfill Name: Class: City: County:: State: Florida Contact Name: Phone: Transporter#1: Phone: Transporter #2: Phone: Transporter # 3: Phone: B. Any Combination; Sq. Ft. & Linear Ft. 0 - 159 square feet 0.00 160 - 420 square feet $360.01 0 - 259 linear feet $0.00 260 - 420 linear feet $360.00 If combination of square feet and linear feet totals >420 421 - 1,000 $480.00 1,001 - 4,000 $720.00 4,001 - 7,000 $960.00 7,001 - 10,000 $1,200.00 10,001 - 20,000 $1,320.00 20,001 - 30,000 $1,460.00 Greater than 30,000 $1,600.00 C. Asbestos removal in Cubic Feet 0 - 34 $0.00 35 - 44 $360.00 45 - 54 $600.00 55 - 64 $840.00 65 - 74 $1,080.00 i 75 - 84 $1,320.00 85 - 100 $1,460.00 Greater than 100 $1,600.00 - An annual notification is $360. - A late revision to a notification is $250. - After-the-fact notifications are double the normal fee. - For phased renovation projects, the fee is based on the amount of asbestos in each phase per the above schedule. - Notifications will not be accepted without the appropriate fee. - Separate notifications are required for renovations and demolitions. - If in the course of a demolition or renovation it is determined that the project belongs in a higher fee category than was initially determined, re-notify Air Quality and pay the balance of the fee for the higher category. - For asbestos, which cannot be accurately measured as Sq. Ft. or Linear Ft., use cubic foot measurements; the total fee is derived by adding the cubic foot fee to the Sq. Ft. and Linear Ft. fee. - Fee requirements are not applicable when the demolition or asbestos removal project is in a school, college, university, or a residential dwelling, as residential dwelling is defined in Rule 62-257.200, F.A.C. ADDENDUM NO. 4 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A DATE: August 17, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 4 TO: Prospective Bidders and Other Concerned This Addendum is issued to provide Questions and Answers, Contract for Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. Item 1: Spectrum Field Painting & Structural Concrete Repairs Questions & Answers 1. My question is relative to the Exhibit 2 Tnemec Specifications. Tnemec System 4 Exterior exposed galvanized railings, posts and welded wire steel fabric. System 4 Coatings System As Follows Surface Preparation Remove all existing coatings and scarify the bare galvanized surface by Abrasive Blasting, or Mechanical Grinding. All surfaces must be clean, dry, and abraded. We request your kind assistance to identify the exact railings and welded wire steel fabric to be 100% prepared down to bare metal. Does this include just behind TiKi Bar or are we talking about all areas including Main Concourse Level, Lower Level, Third Level and Entrance to Spectrum Field. All areas which have railings and welded wire steel fabric and previously painted red. It is difficult to determine which railings and wire steel fabric have been galvanized previously because in some areas the coatings are in good condition and other areas like the TiKi Bar the red coatings are in poor shape and flaking off. Response: See attached letter from Florida Protective coatings Consultants, Inc. Dated August 17, 2017 2. Good morning and I hope all is well. Last week I inquired about the systems for Spectrum Field with Leroy Chin. My question was that I heard in the pre-bid meeting he was looking not to paint all the meatal from this project for 15 years. However in the specs a five year acrylic product is recommended for the unexposed areas mostly ferrous metals. I inquired about if the product systems are locked in and Leroy pointed me in your direction. There is a system that we believe is the best all-around system for longevity, aesthetics, and long term cost sustainability for the metal substrates. I would like to set up a meeting for some time this week to introduce the system to you. Would this be ok? Response: See issued Addendum No. 3 End of Addendum No. 4 • 1 • E7 PROTECTIVE CO .1 C1OUSIATANTS, (HC. 25C ' tmon Cow , 120 lake #;'-.r' H. 32746 lEl: 401.3221243 FAX: 401122-1245 www.triemeuom/fpcc fpc August 17, 2017 City of Clearwater Parks and Recreation Dept. 100 South Myrtle Ave. Suite 120 Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Attn: Mr. Leroy Chin. Re: Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel Subject: Galvanized Handrail Screens Dear Mr. Chin: Thank you for meeting this morning with Chad Holrnes (Tnemec Representative, West Florida) to review the condition of the Handrail Screens at various locations throughout the Spectrum Ballfield. These screens are due to be re -painted as part of the referenced project. The current specification for this project calls for the complete removal of all existing screen coatings to the existing galvanized surface. One of the contractors has asked for clarification of the scope of this work (email from Daniel Decker of Performance Painting, dated 08/16/17). Specifically, Mr. Decker wanted to confirm that the requirement for complete removal of all coatings on the subject screens extended beyond the screens near the Tiki Bar to all screens throughout the complex. During this morning's site visit, you and Chad walked the facility and verified that all the coatings applied to all the hand and guardrail screens exhibited poor adhesion to the galvanized surface. The coatings were easily removed using a 5 -In -One tool. This finding confines our original recommendation to remove all coatings to the existing galvanized surface of all of the "red", previously painted handrail and guardrail screens as part of this painting project. Please contact our office with any questions about the enclosed information. 71/7 R. , e srud ADDENDUM NO. 5 FOR SPECTRUM FIELD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REPAIRS & PAINTING OF EXPOSED STEEL CONTRACT 16 -0023 -PR -A DATE: August 23, 2017 SUBJECT: Addendum No. 5 TO: Prospective Bidders and Other Concerned This Addendum is issued to provide Questions and Answers, Contract for Spectrum Field Structural Concrete Repairs & Painting of Exposed Steel and is hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. Please attach this addendum to the Contract Documents in your possession. Item 1: Spectrum Field Painting & Structural Concrete Repairs Questions & Answers Could you please define the following on bidder's proposal form. Section 5. Page 14. 1 Base bid: 01. general conditions: c. Conduct survey (define?) Response: Refer to Section IV. (Subsection 0000), par. III.9.d which defines the the survey requirement. g. 10 Day notice to Pinellas Co Air Quality (define?) Response: 1. Refer to Section II -16.1 which defines the need for contacting the Pinellas County Air Quality. (PCAQ) 2. The successful contractor will need to contact the PCAQ prior to the job start, and confirm that an asbestos report was conducted. 3. The City has provided an asbestos report see Appendix Asbestos Survey. 03. Concrete repairs: e. Sidewalk replacement. There was no mention of sidewalks during the pre bid walk around. Response: Please refer to Sheet SR -3 (lower right hand corner, in a circle) f. Repair post pockets (define?) Response: Please refer to Sheet SR -4, Detail #1. • End of Addendum No. 5 1